THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


B.  0.  BAKER 
AAJRT 

&*ASgft, 

'•'•'  **.-. 


SYNTHETIC  METHOD 


OF 


SHORTHAND 

GRAHAM  &  PITMANIC 


A  NEW  WAY  OF  PRESENTING  AN  OLD  SYSTEM,  BEING  A 
PRESENTATION  OF  FIRST  PRINCIPLES  WITH  ABSO- 
LUTE SIMPLICITY,  AND  AN  EXPOSITION  OF 
THE  MOST  ADVANCED  METHODS 
OF  WRITING   FOR  THE 
REPORTER 


ADAPTED    TO 

Schools,   Business   Colleges  and    Self -Instruction 


BY 

\VILLIAM     BILLINGS 

Passaic  High  School,  Passaic,  N.  J. 


BALTIMORE : 
SADLER-ROWE   COMPANY 


COPYRIGHT,    1902. 

BY  SADLER-ROWE  CO 


PRESS   OF 

WILLIAMS   &    WILKINS    CO. 
BALTIMORE 


INTRODUCTION. 

This  is  not  a  IK-TV  system  of  shorthand  that  can  be  absorbed 
by  sleeping  with  the  book  under  your  pillow.  But  it  is  a  logical, 
educational  arrangement  of  the  Graham  and  Pitinanic  systems, 
which  are  now  recognized  as  pre-eminently  superior  to  all  others, 
and  can  be  learned  by  anyone  of  ordinary  intelligence,  possess- 
ing enough  perseverance  to  master  thoroughly  the  principles  as 
£2  presented. 

«         The  arrangement  is  based  on  common  sense,  leading  from  the 
!    simple  to  the  more  complex,  by  simplest  gradation.    This  book  is 

of    not  an  experiment.     It  has  grown  naturally  day  by  day  for  the 

• 

13    pest  ten  years  from  the  author's  needs  and  experience  in  the 

schoolroom  and  practical  knowledge  of  the  needs  of  business 
^2    men  and  reporters. 

t»          The  manuscript  has  been  used  in  the  schoolroom  for  a  year 

«    previous  to  its  publication,  and  results  have  been  gotten  that 

were  superior  to  any  accomplished  while  using  other  books,  and 

this  is  why  it  is  published.     Nothing  more  is  asked  than  a  con- 

I     sideration  of  its  merits. 

Educational  methods  advance  as  experience  increases.  Few 
new  principles  arc-  given,  but  many  totally  new  phases  of  pre- 
senting them.  The  arrangement  is  unique  and  original,  compre- 
hensive and  simple,  embracing  fully  the  peculiar  requirements 
of  the  amanuensis  and  the  reporter. 
Let  it  rest  on  its  merits. 


448605 


INDEX. 

PART   I. 

Straight  Strokes 3,  13 

Curves  6,  8 

VOWELS— 

A  and  0 5 

E  and  A 7 

Aw  and  OO i 9 

Light    Dots 10 

Light  Dashes. .  12 

Diphthongs   11 

H,  Ra,  Ch 13 

Discriminations    14 

PART    II. 

Consonants   18 

Vowels   19 

Consonants  requiring  special  rules 20 

Synopsis  on  rules  governing  Consonants  and  Vowels 21 

Rules  for  Position 22 

Omission  of  Vowels 23 

Punctuation    23 

MODES  OF  EXPRESSING  S— 

Circle    24 

Z 24,  §37 

Location  of  Iss 25 

S    Stroke 26 

Ses  27 

Abbreviations  28 

Halving  29 

Exceptions  30 

BRIEFS   33 

first  Business  Letter 37 

W  Diphthongs 37 

Second  Business  Letter 40 

Omission  of  Vowels 40 

Y   Diphthongs 41 

H    ; 42 

N   Hook, 43 

Third  Business  Letter 45 


INDEX.  V 

PAGE. 

F    Hook 46 

Rules  for  F  and  N  Hooks 47 

Fourth  Business  Litter 48 

L    Hook 49 

11    Hook 51 

Medial  Vowels;  Rules  Common  to  all  Hooks;  Two  Hooks  to  One 

Stroke 52 

R  Hook  Synopsis 54 

L   Hook   Synopsis ..- 56 

N  and  F  Hook  Synopsis 57 

St,   Zd '. 58 

Sh  and  L 60 

R  and  Ra 62 

Lengthening    63 

Str 66 

Ler  and  Rel 67 

Mp 68 

Shon  and   Tiv 69 

BACK  HOOKS — 

Eshon,  In,  En,  Tin 70 

Prefixes   -. . . .    71 

Affixes 73 

Punctuation,   etc 75 

Alphabet  for  Initials 75 

Positive  and  Negative  Words 77 

OMISSIONS— 

Of  Vowels 77 

Of   Consonants 78 

Of  Words  and  Syllables 80 

Amanuensis'  Lists  of  Short  Forms 81,  84,  85,    86 

Light  Oids  and  Modifications 92 

Dark  Oids  and  Modifications 95 

Derivatives    102,  104 

Geographical    Names 98 

Proper  Names 106 

PHRASING — 

Of  Ticks 11.0 

Simple    113 

Commercial   114 

Universal    115 

Legal 116 

Theological    117 

UNVOCALIZED  OUTLINES — 

Identical   .  119 


Vi  INDEX. 

UNVOCALIZKD  OUTLINES— Continued.  PAGE. 

.\<>a rly    Identical 121 

Middle   Vowels 112 

Natural    Order 121 

Prominent   Vowels 126 

Implied   Vowels 12'j 

Initial  and  Final  Vowels 127 

Uncommon   Outlines 127 

Familiar  Words 128 

Expedients 129 

Reporter's  List 139 

Keys 151 

Writing  Exercises 165 

Shorthand   Penmanship 185 

Shorthand  Practice  (Index) 189 

Speed  and  Legibility 190 

Specimens  of  Writing  from  100  Words  a  Minute  to  250  a  Minute...  191 
BUSINESS  LETTERS— 

Twenty-five  Words  each 192 

Fifty   Words  each 194 

One  Hundred  Words  each 196 

LITERARY  DEPARTMENT — 

Fallacy  of  Dictation 213 

Concentration   215 

Value  of  Monotony 216 

A  Letter  from  Mr.  A.  P.  Little 219 

Ode  to  My  Amanuensis 225 

TALKS  TO  THE  SHORTHAND  STUDENT 226 

Key  to  Shorthand  Practice 235 


SUGGESTIONS  TO  THE  USERS 
OF  THIS  BOOK. 


Since  .ill  teachers  have  their  own  methods  evolved  from  their 
experience,  the  authors  of  this  book  have  refrained  from  any 
extensive  instructions  to  teachers.  A  few  hints,  however,  are 
given  for  the  benefit  of  instructors  who  would  like  to  compare 
their  own  ideas  with  the  authors'.  While  self-instruction  is  an 
idea  which  should  not  be  encouraged,  yet  for  the  benefit  of  the 
self-learner  these  hints  are  also  given: 

1.  Learn  to  use  both   pen  and  pencil.     Keep  your  pencil 
sharp  and  use  a  fine  pen,  which  should  be  thrown  away  after  a 
day's  use. 

2.  Always  keep  your  notes  the  same  size  as  those  in  the 
book,  and  as  legible.     Large  notes  and  ill-made  notes  are  not 
capable  of  high  speed. 

3.  Read  the  definitions  and  instructions  slowly.     Stop  and 
think  what  the  information  means  contained  therein. 

4.  Never  practice  for  speed  only,  while  going  through  the 
book  the  first  time;  but  every  effort  should  be  made  to  write 
without  stopping  or  halting  between  the  characters. 

5.  Study  the  chapter  on  penmanship,  page  185,  when  begin- 
ning the  study,  if  the  hand  is  very  poor.     The  study  of  this 
chapter  will  greatly  facilitate  speed  for  the  practical  writer. 

6.  The  struggle  from  80  words  per  minute  to  100  is  a  fearful 
one,  and  many  fall  by  the  way.     Unless  you  have  an  absolute 
and  ready  knowledge  of  all  the  principles  and  sign-words,  and 
have  carefully  studied  and  understand  the  chapter  on  penman- 
ship, you  will  have  a  serious  time  acquiring  a  bona  fide  speed  of 
100  words  per  minute.    Much  writing  that  is  called  a  100  words 
a  minute  would  not  amount  to  60  under  a  bona  fide  test. 

7.  Do  not  imagine  that  you  are  smarter  than  the  average 
student  and  only  need  to  look  .at  a  lesson.     The  greatest  genius 
who  ever  lived  was  also  one  of  the  greatest  workers  before  he 
ever  attained  any  distinction.     Don't  imagine  you  must  have 
some  one  read  to  yon  four  or  five  hours  a  day  when  you  are  half- 
way through  the  book.     Follow  the  advice  of  your  teacher,  if 
you  have  a  good  one;  if  not,  don't  complain,  but  quit  him, 

[vii] 


PART  I. 

PRELIMINARY  LESSONS  ON  THE  ALPHABET. 

A  new  method  of  teaching  first  principles  ~b'j  which 
the  vowels  are  introduced  one  at  a  time,  and  conso- 
nant strokes  are  presented  in  classified  groups  of 
curves  and  straight  strokes,  upward  and  downward 
strokes. 

Easy  f OP  the  slow  student. 

Rapid  for  the  quick  student. 


STEATGHT  STEOKES  OF  THE  ALPHABET. 

A  speed  of  one  hundred  fifty  strokes  per  minute  must  be  attained 
in  reading,  and  sixty  per  minute  in  writing  the  alphabet,  exactly 
the  same  size  and  spacing  as  here  given. 

1.  In  combining  consonant  strokes,  they  must  be  joined  with- 
out lifting  the  pen  or  pencil. 

2.  Two  strokes  forming  a  straight  line  must  be  written  with  a 
single  movement  of  the  hand  ;   when  one  is  shaded  and  the  other 
is  light,  the  shaded  stroke  must  taper  gradually  into  the  light 
one,  and  vice  versa.    J  Ch  is  called  Cha  ;  —  G  is  called  Gil  (or 
hard  G) .     Except  K  and  Ga,  use  downward  stroke. 

PB  TD  ChJ  KG 


\\  I 


COMBINATIONS. 

L  ILL"!        bg 


Head  Evle  1. 
5 


All  strokes  must  be  of  equal  length. 

Care  should  be  taken  to  make  light  strokes  as  light  as  possible  ; 
and  heavy  ones  should  be  shaded  just  enough  to  distinguish 
them  from  light  strokes. 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


METHOD   OF   PRACTICE. 

All  shorthand  exercises  should  be  written  fron  twenty-five  to 
fifty  times  exactly  the  size  of  the  copy,  and  should  be  read  by  pro- 
nouncing the  names  of  the  strokes  and  rowels  that  compose  each 
word,  until  it  can  be  done  without  any  hesitation. 

A  good  penmanship  movement  is  as  necessary  as  a  knowledge  of 
the  art  itself.  The  hand  should  move  from  one  character  to  an- 
other without  lifting  the  pen  more  than  necessary  to  barely  clear 
the  paper.  The  pernicious  habit  of  making  superfluous  movements 
before  the  pen  touches  the  paper  should  be  positively  avoided.  If, 
on  account  of  confusion  or  other  reason,  there  is  a  halt  in  the  con- 
tinuity of  movement,  then  the  pen  should  remain  perfectly  motion- 
less and  near  to  the  paper,  moving  only  when  writing. 

PB   \\\\  \\  \\   \\    \\    \\   \\  \\   \\  \\\ 
Ch  J   //  //  ////  ////  //  //  //  //  /// 


GaK 


T  K,  joined 


The  straight  strokes  may  be  regarded  as  taken  from  the  sides  of 
an  octagon. 
The  curved  strokes  are  sections  of  a  circle. 


D   \  l/_ 

0  vi  >. 


r~\ 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMANIC.  5 

3.     Shorthand  is  simply  sound  writing  ;  a  silent  letter  is 
never  written. 

VOWELS   A  AND   0. 

4.  A  heavy  dot  opposite  the  middle  of  a  stroke  expresses  a 
long,  as  in  day  ;  never  otherwise,.     Line  1. 

5.  A  heavy  dash  at  right  angles  opposite  the  middle  of  a  stroke 
expresses  o  long,  as  in  so.     Write  the  dot  or  dash  with  a  quick, 
single  movement  of  the  hand.     The  vowels  must  be  free  from  the 
stems. 

6.  When  a  vowel  follows  a  consonant,  write  it  below  horizon- 
tal strokes  and  at  the  right  of  other  strokes. 

7.  When  a  yowel  is  read  before  a  consonant,  write  it  above 
horizontal  strokes  and  at  the  left  of  other  strokes. 

Sound;-      Pa      Ba      Ta        Da        Ja         Ka        Ga 

Longhand  ;-pay     bay    Tay      day      jay  gay 

\\l-l-          / 

Initial  Vowel  Ap     Ab      It      Id      A~j    Ak  * 

Be.p«.7.  a  ^  ate  &fo  |^ 

A    X      'I       "I       7    _i. 

Po     Bo      To     Do      Jo     .  Ko       Go 

Poe    bow    toe     do       Joe      coe      go 

i  0  as  in  sr\     \        I"      I"     /*•      - 

Vowels  between  strokes. 

Paj    Bak  Tak     Dak        Jak    Kak  Bab 

page  bake         take    Dake      Jake  cake  Babe 


?>*-   LLZ._    \ 

7 

oke 

/L 


7  Z\  -H  A..  7 

poach   coke   joke   cope   poke  J  pope  opnquO 


* 


NOTE. --Two  light  lines  under  a  word  indicate  that  it  is  a  proper  name. 


6  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 

CURVES. 

The  following  sloping  and  vertical  curves  are  written  downward  ; 
the  "horizontals,  from  left  to  right. 

8.  When  reading,  the  light  stroke  TJi  is  called  Ith  ;  TIi,  he.avy 
stroke,  is  called  Thee.  The  name  of  Mp  is  Emp  or  Emb,  the  shad- 
ing of  M  adding  either  P  or  B. 

9.  Sh  is  called  Ish.    Zh  is  called  Zha.    Ng  is  called  Ing. 

F  V    Th  TH   M  Mp  S  Z       Sh  Zh     N         Ng 


2      _ 


i_C  ................  JLA 


U     — 

5     >- 


•Vi  .....  tf 


10 


>..  .../STTN .\x^s.._.>!L. 

i^Tr-i  t       ^^ Icrr^., 


GRAHAM  AND  P1TMANIC.  7 

VOWELS  E  AND  A  (OR  AH). 

10.     A  heavy  dot  written  at  the  beginning  of  a  stroke,  or  first 
place,  expresses  the  vowel  e  (long,  as  in  see):     vbg 

(b)     At  the  end,  or  third  place,  it  expresses 
the  sound  ah,  as  in  palm  :    \^,  p&]^  ^  pa    ^m 


RULES  FOR  POSITION. 

11.  The  stroke  has  position  with  regard  to  the  line  of  writing, 
as  well  as  the  vowel  with  regard  to  the  stroke. 

(a)  Single  strokes  with  a  first  place  vowel  are  written  half  the 
height  of  a  T  stroke  above  the  line. 


Words  : 

pea 

be 

t< 

:a 

fee 

the 

she 

Sounds  : 

Pe 

Be 

1 

'e 

Fe 

Th-e 

Sh-e 

\ 

^ 

^ 

c 

J 

(b)  Strokes  with  second  place  vowels  are  written  on  the  line. 

(c)  Strokes  with  third  place  vowels  are  written  beneath  the 
line  for  horizontals,  and 

(d)  Half-way  through  the  line  for  other  strokes. 

Words  :     pa  ba        calm      palm  balm 

Sounds  :    Pit  Ba        KEm       Pam  bam 

»V        V     ^.  ~Vv-       \^  ..... 

(e)  In  words  of  more  than  one  stroke,  not  composed  of  horizon- 
tals, the  first  upward  or  downward  stroke  is  given  the  position, 
and  the  other  strokes  are  joined  without  regard  to  position. 


S   peach\  beach     I     teach  (*    deep  «^     sheep  0^ 
i..^  -------  ./_  -----  ~^__~  ----  X(--  —  --^f-  -----  -  ------ 

^_^_      ^  J   ). 

"~  ......  ^—  .....  ........ 


8  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

L   11    VV   Y. 

12.     The  curve  that  expresses  the  sound  L  has  two  names,  La 
and  El. 

(a)  La  is  written  upwards  ;  El  is  written  downwards. 

(b)  Always  use  La,  the  upward  stroke,    when   the   character 
stands  alone. 

(c)  Either  El  (the  downward  stroke)  or  La  (the  upward  stroke)     ; 
may  be  used  when  joined  to  other  strokes  according  to  combina- 
tions. 

(d)  Yd  and  Wd  are  invariably  written  downward. 

Equivalent:  L    R  Y      W 

Name:  La  R  Ya    Wa 

r~^\     r  ^ 

upward.  downward. 


13.  La  being  written  upward,  (a)  the  beginning,  or  fivstt  place, 
is  at  the  lower  end,  and  (b)  the  "  end  "  of  the  stroke,  or  the  third 
place,  would  therefore  be  at  the  upper  end. 

1§          la  la  lek  lak  1SP          laf 

lea        lay  la  leak         lake          leaP        laugh 

"  ~ 


t  ,  ---------    .......^....  ............  . 


The  small  figures  written  above  the  shorthand  characters  refer  to  previous 
principles,  which  should  invariably  be  referred  to  by  the  student  every  time  they 
occur. 

Rules  for  placing  vowels  between  strokes  will  be  given  later. 


14.     U^"  In  words  containing  more  than  one  vowel,  the  accented 
vowel  governs  the  position. 


URAHAM  AND   PITMANIC 


DASH  VOWELS. 

15.  A  heavy  dash  at  the  beginning,  or  first  place,  expresses 
the  sound  aw,  as  in  bawl  or  fall  ;  second  place,  o,  as  in  so,  foe. 

16.  The  same  dash  at  the  end,  or  third  position,  expresses  the 
sound  65,  as  in  fool. 

17.  Do  not  write  a  vowel  in  an  angle  when  it  can  be  avoided, 
as  there  may  be  doubt  as  to  which  stroke  the  vowel  belongs. 

Keep  Beam 

P-aw      j-aw      c-aw      ch-aw    th-aw      B-aw    (g)n-aw  1-aw 


k.  .....  It  .......  1- 


pooh     boo         moo    Sioux     shoe         Lou       coo    "zoo" 

v  ......  v  .........  ^  ........  •)  ..........  -J  ..........  r*  .......  ^  .......  -) 

/        \        »  I       \ 


18.  Care  must  be  taken  when  the  outline  begins  with  a  horizontal.  Write  the 
horizontal  sufficiently  above  or  beneath  line  to  allm»  the  follmnng  upward  or 
downward  stroke  to  govern  the  position,  according  to  Rule  lie. 


10 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


LIGHT  DOTS. 

19.  A  light  dot,  first  position,  expresses  i,  as  in  It. 

20.  A  light  dot,  second  position,  expresses  S,  as  in  be"t. 

21.  A  light  dot,  third  position,  expresses  the  sound  a,  as  in  cttt. 
Two  little  marks  under  a  word  indicate  a  proper  name,  or  the  charactei 

only,  without  reference  to  any  word. 


pick  mick       chick 
pik    mik        ch-ik  pig 


dip 


pill 
pll 


Bill 
bil 


fetch       keg     bellow      jelly     Jenny        Jessie 


_.Vc.  .....  h.  .....  L*  .........  S.. 

~ 


puck  Mack    J«ck    back    knack      lack 


....^  ........  I  .........  V 


GRAHAM  AND   PIT  MANIC.  11 


DIPHTHONGS. 
I  Oy  Ew  O\v. 

22.  A  small  character  like  au   inverted    caret,   first  position, 
expresses  the  sound  I.     Always    the  sound  of  long  I,  as  iu  ice, 
dire,  pie. 

Bs-gTDo  not  mistake  the  sound  I  for  i,  which  is   first  place, 
light  dot. 

23.  The  same  character  inverted,  first  position,  expresses  the 
sound  o.y,  as  iu  boy. 

24.  The  same  character,  third  position,  expresses  the  sound  otc, 
as  in  cow.     23.     A  character  like  a  caret,   opening  to  the  right, 
third  position,  expresses  the  sound  ew,  as  in  incw. 

Mike  tike  like  pike 

Mik  tik  Ilk  pik 

^       ^_^_        I"         I-        -y       x- 

^  Pie          iv  ti-c     |V         £—s  Y       ./       ^        //      iv 


.         c-oy      annoy      al/-ciy    j  lioyish 
Oy         'b-oy      |  t-oy     /J-oy/i  fr-*        *i~~        \ 

rw     \Pcw          I  due        /clicw     /Jew        mow     \  suo     I      f«W 
—  U  -----  K  -----  '/          >^>~         )"' 

O\v     \"Pow"\  bow       I  Dow        c6w        mow      I  A  allow 

•V—  ~V  -----  b—  -aajf—  VV  ----  -V—  (*-• 


When  two  consecutive  vowels  must  be  written  to  one  stroke, 
place  the  vowel  read  first  nearer  to  the  stroke  than  the  other 
one;  between  two  strokes,  write  a  vowel  to  each  stroke. 


12 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 


LIGHT  DASH  VOWELS. 

26.  A  light  dash,  written  at  right  angles,  at  the  beginning  of 
the  stroke,  expresses  o,  as  in  lock,  rock,  fog  ; — 

27.  At  the  middle  it  expresses  u,  as  in  dwck,  mug,  bug  ; — 
(Line  3.) 

27|.     At  the  end  it  expresses  85,  as  in  took,  bwll,  tull.     (Lines 
6  and  6. )     A  period  is  indicated  by  a  long  stroke. 
to"p      doj       15j      sh-Sp  b8-ch  d5k   -m8k 
top     dodge  lodge  shop    botch  dock  mock 


duk      Dutch  bug      jug    luv        tug    fug      '  tuch 
duck    Dutch  budge  love  fudge    touch 

\A  3 

took      book    shdbk    pull  lo'ok      cook 

V-  ..  __ 

^     Sentences      ^  ^_^ 

H-.I  -----  \^/^^--J  ---  - L- 

------ ^- -^r-  ^-T -N- 

-A-.^.r...-^ . x-  --x  L 

V^-t/      i  a 


•^-- r 


>J" 


r_.-5 
^ 


GRAHAM  AND   PlIMANIC. 


13 


H. 
COMPARISON  OP  RA  AND  CHA. 

28.  Ha  and  Ra  tire  always  written  upward. 

29.  Cha  is  always  written  downward,  and  slants  less  than  Ra. 

30.  Ra,  when  written  alone,  inclines  more  than  Cha. 

31.  When  joined  to  other  strokes,  Ra  may  be  readily  distin- 
guished from  Cha,  as  the  stroke  to  which  it  is  joined  indicates  that 
Ra  was  written  upward  and  therefore  is  not  Cha,  which  is  always 
written  downward. 

reach  cheap       rope    poach      wretch  cherry     chick  rocky 


SUMMARY  OF  RULES. 

upward  stroke  cannot  be  Cha. 
A  downward  stroke  cannot  be  R3. 

In  words  of  two  or  more  strokes  the  stroke  to  which  Ra  is 
joined  shows  whether  it  was  written  upward  or  downward. 
The  hook  on  Ha  is  on  the  right-hand  side. 


14 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


27.   DISCRIMINATIONS. 

Lines  1  and  2  discriminate  between  I  and  I. 


Line  3  disc 
Line  4  disc 
Line5  disc 
Line  6  disc 
Line  7  disc 
Line  8  disc 


iminates  between  e  and  I. 
{initiates  between  all  and  aw. 
iminates  between  e  and  fif 
iminates  between  66  and  06. 
iminates  between  e  and  I. 
iminates  between  ew  and  60. 


Lines  9,  10  and  11  discriminate  between  a.  and  a. 
Line  12  discriminates  between  J  and  Ga. 
Line  13  discriminates  between  Ch  and  Sh.i. 


"> >-'-t 


J2      J  G51X.-_r....XP...\J-  \  J 
Ch,Sh/,          itx 


i,oiy>  /•  /  i 

,^:^..AA...AvZ.,. 


SYNTHETIC    METHOD    OF    SHORTHAND: 

GRAHAM   AND    PITMANIC. 

SYSTEMATICALLY    AND    SYNOPTIC  ALLY    ARRANGED. 


NOTE— Students  who  have  a  previous  knowledge  of  shorthand,  and 
those  who  review,  may  commence  here,  the  subject  being  com- 
plete from  this  point. 

The  "  Preliminary  Lessons"  are  to  facilitate  the  presentation  of 
the  alphabet  to  beginners  only. 


PART   II. 


THE  KEY  TO  SHORTHAND  SUCCESS. 

Study  these  five  general  principles  daily.     Neglect  one  of  them, 
and  you  violate  them  all. 

1.  Speed  is  the  final  aim   of  shorthand  writing,  but  he  who 
works  for  speed   only,  lays  the  foundation  of  a  most  miserable 
failure. 

2.  Speed  is  a  composite  quality  made  up  of  these  three  ele- 
ments : 

KNOWLEDGE, 
CONTINUITY, 
PENMANSHIP. 

3.  The  pupil  who  wishes  to  succeed  must  dwell  on  the  pre- 
ceding lessons  until  he  is  perfectly  familiar   with   them.     They 
must  be  written  from  fifty  to  five  hundred  times  perfectly,  with  a 
continuous  easy  movement  of  the  hand. 

4.  Mere  mechanical  writing  without  thinking  is  useless.     You 
must  think,  as  you  write,  of  what  you  are  icriting. 

5.  Every  shorthand  outline  has  three  vital  elements  : 

(1)  POSITION,  of  which  four  will  be  shown  ; 

(2)  LENGTHS,  of  which  there  are  three— normal,  half,  double  ; 

(3)  QUALITY,  light  and  shaded  strokes. 

As  you  write  a  character,  think  whether  all  these  three  elements 
are  properly  recognized. 


18  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

ALPHABET. 
P  B  TD  ChJ  KG  H      B 

XV. '-I /./ ^ 

FVThTHLYM    Mp  K  W       SZ     Sh  Zh    N    Ng 


The  ordinary  letters  above  represent  the  long-hand  equivalents. 
When  spoken, — 

/     Ch  is  pronounced  Cha,  "always  written  downward. 

.X'  R  is  pronounced  Ra;  made  upward;  slants  more  than  Cha. 

— —  G  is  pronounced  Ga,  being  the  sound  of  G  hard. 

(.       Th  is  pronounced  Ith,  always  written  downward. 

(       TH  is  pronounced  The,  as  in  that,  always  written  downward. 

-      /  L  is  pronounced  La,  always  made  upward  when  alone. 
\        \  L  is  pronounced  El,  when  made  downward  and  joined. 
f     Y  is  pronounced  Ya,  always  written  downward. 
/•— ^  Mp  is  pronounced  Emp. 
">^   W  is  pronounced  Wa,  always  written  downward. 

i    f  Sh  is  pronounced  Sha,  when  made  upward. 
-s    \  Shispronouncedlsh,alwayswrittendownwardwhenalone. 

J    Zh  is  pronounced  Zha,  always  written  downward, 
v^, /  Ng  is  pronounced  Ing. 

)      S  is  pronounced  Es,  as  a  stroke,  always  written  downward. 
/?  H,  pronounced  Ha,  is  always  written  upward. 

Briefs :     W,  Y  and  S   have    brief  signs   written  and  pro- 
nounced as  follows : 

W6        Wu         Ytt        YS         Iss 
C  5  O          v  0 


QRABAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


19 


SYNOPSIS  OF  VOWELS. 

1.  There  are  twelve  vowels :   Six  dots  and  six  dashes.     The 
three  heavy  dots  and  three  heavy  dashes  are  called  long  vowels. 
The  three   light   dots   and  three   light  dashes   are   called  short 
vowels. 

The  short  vowels  are  more  difficult  to   pronounce.      They  are  not  so  well 
represented  in  longhand  as  the  long  vowels. 

2.  The  vowels  are  written  in  three  positions,  called^,  2nd,  and 
3rd.     The  1st  is  at  the  beginning,  the  2nd  at  the  middle,  and  the 
3rd  at  the  end  of  the  consonant  stroke. 

3.  The  "beginning,"  or  first  position,  is  at  the  lower  end  of 
the  stroke  if  it  is  written  upward,  and  at  the  upper  end  if  it  is 
written  downward. 

4.  Therefore  the  1st  place  vowel  is  at  the  lower  end  if  the 
stroke  is  made  upward,  and  at  the  upper  end  if  it  is  made  down- 
ward. 

5.  There  are  six   diphthongs  :    three    first   place   and   three 
third  place. 

(The  diacritical  marks  are  taken  from  Webster's  Dictionary.) 

6.  The  vowels  in  the  diagram  are  placed  for  convenience  beside 
a  T  stroke  to  show  the  position  they  occupy  in  relation  to  the  con- 
sonant. 

The  names  of  the  heavy  dots  are  e,  a,  a. 
The  names  of  the  light  dots  are  T,  8,  &. 
The  names  of  the  heavy  dashes  are  aw,  o,  oo. 
The  names  of  the  light  dashes  are  o,  u,  66. 
The  names  of  the  three  first  place  diphthongs  are  *,  oy,  wl. 
The  names  of  the  third  place  diphthongs  are  ow,  ew,  ewy. 
VOWELS. 


1*  e  as  in 
eel 

a  as  in 
•      ale 

a  as  in 
ah 

—  aw  as  in 
awe 

I     o  as  in 

|—    old 

.     oo  as  in 

• 

'^"  pool 

•    las  in 
'    it 

e  as  in 
met 

a  as  in 

—  o  as  in 
on 

u  as  in 
-    up 

oo  as  in 
••foot 

— 

IV  |A 

I      i  as  in      I     oi  as  in 
time  oil 


DIPHTHONGS. 


ow  as  in 
owl 


e  was  in 
^  dew  " 


\L"Wi  as  in 
wife 


ewy  as  in 
Dewey 


20  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

CONSONANTS  REQUIRING  SPECIAL  RULES. 
La,  El      Sha,  Ish    Ra,  Ha 


7.  L  is  always  written  upward  when  standing  alone,  and  its 
name  is  La.     Ra  and  Ha  are  always  written  upward. 

8.  When  L  begins  a  word  followed  by  other  strokes,  use  La,  or 
the  upward  stroke  ;  when  L  ends  a  word  of  more  than  one  stroke, 
use  El,  or  downward  stroke  ;  when  L  precedes  a  final  vowel,  use  La. 

Exceptions  to  Rule  2  :  Always  use  Lit  for  L  joined  to  P  B,  T  D, 
Ch  J,  Ith,  The. 
Thus:  lp  Id         dl          1th  jl 

r\  n  v   a.    /7 

9.  Use  El  (downward  stroke)  for  El  following  N  and  Ing  : 

nl  ;     ^         ng-1 


R  and  Ra. 

10.     When  R  begins  a  word,  use  Ra  :  /  *          as  in  rake  ;    />>  \ 
rope.     When  initial  vowel  is  followed  by  R,  use  downward  stroke: 


'Y         early  ;  ^ ark. 

When  the  sound  R  ends  a  word,  use  R ;  when  it  precedes  a  final 
vowel,  use  Ra. 
Exceptions :  Always  use  R  before  M,  and  Ra  following  it  : 


•V    -x   arm  ;      ^»^x       Mary. 

11.  Always  use  Ra  preceding  T,  D,  Ch,  J,  F,  V,  S,  Z,  and  fol- 
lowing Ra  : 

r-t  r-ch  r-v  r-r 

/I       ^      /V 

Sh  is  written  downward  when  alone;  either  way  when  joined. 

The  convenience  of  joining  only,  often  governs  the  use  of 
strokes. 

12.  The  briefs  We  3  Ywo  So  are  usually  used  when  the 
word  begins  or  ends  with  the  sound  they  represent,  and  may  occur 
between  two  strokes,  but  never  follow  an  initial  vowel  ;  the  equiv- 
alent strokes  are  then  used. 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  21 

SYNOPSIS    OF    RULES     GOVERNING     CONSO- 
NANTS  AND   VOWELS. 

ORDER  OP  VOWELS. 

13.  Vowels  are  written  at  the  left-hand  side  of  strokes  when 
read  before,  and  at  the  right-hand  side  when  read  after  them  ; 

14.  Above  horizontals  when  read  before,  and  below  when  read 
after  them. 

RULES   FOR  VOWELS  BETWEEN  STROKES. 

15.  All  first  and  heavy  second  place  vowels  follow   the  first 
stroke. 

beak        bake       chalk          make         team        dame 


16.  Light  second,  and  all  third  place  vowels  precede  the  sec- 
ond stroke. 

peck      tuck   check     back      balm       took       lump 

-  v_ 

17.  When   two  vowels  occur  between  two  strokes,   they  are 
placed  one  to  each  stroke. 

poet    Jewett      poem       fiat        gayety         fuel 

V  1- 

V  V  •         ^— ,          • 

N  /         V-— x         n 


18.     When  the  word  requires  two  vowels  to  one  stroke,  place 
the  one  closer  to  the  stroke  which  is  read  nearer  to  it. 
payee      Iowa         Ohio  duel 


NOTE.— Rules  15  and  16  are  of  but  little  practical  use,  for  if  the  vowel  was 
written  correctly  it  would  make  no  difference  to  which  stroke  it  was  written. 
These  rules  cannot  be  applied  to  such  words  as  "task,"  "optic,"  etc.,  as  will  be 
seen  later  on. 


22  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

RULES  FOE  POSITION. 

19.  The  stroke  has  position  with  regard  to  the  line  of  writing, 
as  well  as  the  vowel  with  regard  to  the  stroke. 

20.  Single  strokes  with  a  first  place  vowel  are  written  half  (he 
height  of  a  T  stroke  above  the  line. 

21.  Strokes  with  second  place  vowels  are.  written  on  the  line. 

22.  Strokes  with  third  place  vowels  are  written   beneath  the 
line  for  horizontals  and, 

23.  Half-way  through  the  lino  for  other  strokes. 

24.  In  words  of   more  than  one   stroke,  the  first  upward  or 
downward  stroke  governs  the  position,  and  the  other  strokes  are 
joined  without  regard  to  position. 

VOWELS  ON  UPWARD  STROKES. 

25.  On  all  upward  strokes  the  beginning,  or  "First  place," 
must  be  at  the  lower  end ;  and  the  third  place,  therefore,  occurs 
at  the  upper  end. 

VOWELS  IN  ANGLES. 

26.  Do  not  write  a  vowel  to  an  angle  when  it  can  be  avoided, 
since  it  may  be  difficult  to  determine  to  which  stroke  it  belongs. 

POSITION   OF    HORIZONTALS. 

27.  When  a  word  begins  with  a  horizontal  followed  by  an  up- 
ward or  downward  stroke,  place  the  horizontal  sufficiently  above 
or  beneath  the  line  to  allow  the  upward  or  downward  stroke  to 
govern  the  position. 

OBJECT  OF  POSITION. 

28.  The  object  of  position  for  outlines  is  to  indicate  the  posi- 
tion of  the  vowel  when  vowels  are  omitted  for  the  sake  of  speed. 

POSITION  IGNORED. 

29.  Common  words  of  several  strokes  arc  sometimes  written  on 
the  line  (same  as  second  position)  if  I  he  outline  thus  made  docs 
not  conflict  with  any  other  word  and  is  in  itself  sufficiently  legible. 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMANIC. 


OMISSION  OF  VOWELS. 

30.  Vowels  may  be   omitted  early  in  the  study  on  such  out- 
lines as  are  identical  in  name  with  the  consonant  stroke,  or  very 
nearly  so,  or  on  such  words  as  have  been  repeated  in  the  same 
article. 

31.  PUNCTUATION  :  Comma,  by  a  long  space. 


A  period  is  indicated  by      /        An  interrogation  point  by     / 
ILLUSTRATIONS   OF   CONSONANTS  AND  VOWELS. 

WORDS    EMBODYING    ALL    CONSONANT    STROKES,    VOWELS,    AND    DIPH- 
THONGS. 


24  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  ME1HOD. 

S  AND  Z  CIRCLE,   OR  1SS. 

32.  S  or  Z  may  be  expressed  by  a  small  circle  called  Iss. 

33.  The  circle,  or  Iss,  must  be  written  on  the   right  side  of 
straight  downward  strokes  ;  (b)  on  the  upper   side  of  horizontal 
straight  strokes;  (c)  on  the  left  side  of  lia  and  11  a  ;  (d)  except 
when  beginning  Ha  it  is  written  on  the  right  side  by  closing  the 
hook;  (e)  on  curves,  Iss  is  invariably  written  on  the  concave  side. 

34.  Rule  for  writing :  When  a  word  begins  or  ends  with  S, 
always  use  Iss.     (Slight  exception  in  37.) 

35.  Rule  for  reading :  In  reading  shorthand,  when  an  outline 
begins  or  ends  with  a  circle,  the  S  sound  must  invariably  be  read 
first  if  it  is  written  first,  and  last  if  it  is  written  last. 

36.  Deduction  from  above   rules  :  No  vowel  can  be  read  or 
written  before  an  initial  circle,  or  after  a  final  circle. 

37.  Z  is  expressed  by  the  circle,  under  the  same  rules  as  S,  ex- 
cept when  the  word  begins  with  Z  in  a  few  uncommon  words,  then 
Z  stroke  is  used.     (Little  used.) 

pays      bays  days  jays         lays 

pa-s       b-a-s          da-s  jas  las 


o-ak  s-oak  "ope "  s-oap    a/1      s-su'I    »dd      s-ad         . 


inciple  37)X'_    )" f^ ..-jK . .ft- ftj« 

.1 — '  Soho  Sa-ha-r 


GRAHAM  AXD   PITMANIC.  25 


LOCATION  OF  CIRCLE. 

38.  Between  straight  strokes  forming  an  angle,  the  circle  is 
written  outside  of  the  angle. 

33.  Between  straight  strokes  forming  no  angle  write  the  circle 
as  though  rolling  en  a  straight  line. 

4'>.  Between  carvel  strokes  forming  an  angle  the  circle  is 
written  inside  the  curve,  if  both  curves  are  of  the  same  general 
direction. 

41.  Between  a  straight  stroke  an!  a  curve  stroke,  the  circle  is 
written  on  the  insule  of  the  curved  stroke.  Between  opposite 
curves,  usually  write  the  circle  on  the  convex  side  of  the  first  ; 
except  when  M  comes  first,  write  Iss  inside  of  it. 


bask  Pask       risjt   tusk     dusk       task    gasp    gusty      rusty 


'     ~"  <f     I-    I-   \         s 


Kty,    font  5  ;  oMal    damosti  ..rmirfia    n««y    daanhaU 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTUAXB 


RULES  FOR  S. 

42.  Use  the  S  stroke  when  S  is  the  only  consonant  in  a  word, 

43.  When  a  word  begins  with  a  vowel, 

44.  When  a  word  ends  with  a  vowel,  and 

45.  When  two  vowels  follow  or  precede  S,  use  the  stroke 
(The  vowels  may  then  be  written  one  to  each  stroke.) 

46.  Summary  of  paragrahs  34,  43,  and  44  .-  When  S  is  the  first 
or  last  sound,  usually  use  the  circle  ;  when  a  vowel  is  the  first  or 
last  sound  and  S  the  next  sound  to  it,  use  the  stroke. 

Principle  43 

i:J:..l,.):..:L:i.i.  j:..:) 

Principles  a4  anrl  43  contrasted 


-      -- 

Principles  34  and  44  contrasted. 


Principles  34  and  45  contrasted     • 

' 


Key  to  Line  2  :  ask,  sack,  asp,  sap,  sum,  assume,  sail,  assail,  said,  acid. 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMANIC.  27 

SES. 

47.  A  large  circle  expresses  Ses.     The  rules  applying  to  the  S 
circle  apply  also  to  the  Ses  circle  ;  V-,     passes  ;  /*»O  Moses. 

48.  Iss  may  follow,  Ses  by  writing  it  on  the  opposite  side  of 
the  stroke  ;  — '-@  excesses. 

\Vrite  any  vowel  between  the  two  S  sounds  of  a  large  circle 
as  follows  :  (a)  1st  place  dashes,  horizontally  ;  (b)  3d  place,  per- 
pendicularly ;  (c)  2d  place,  obliquely  ;  (d)  dot,  1st  place,  at  the 
top;  (e)  2d  place,  center  ;  (f)  3d,  lower  side  of  circle  ;  diphthongs 
are  written  within  the  circle  without  regard  to  position. 

This  rule  is  unimportant,  as  the  name  See  usually  suggests  the  syllable. 

2.  gaze,  gazes,  possessed,  resist,  diseased,  basest,  exercise,  amaurosis  ;  (4)  pos- 
sesses, excesses,  successes,  emphasizes,  exercises,  abscesses,  appeases,  diseases, 
incises. 

Iss  AND  SES  CONTRASTED. 


s    Q^>  •& 


WORD  SIGNS. 

49.     A  few  words,  on  account  of  their  frequency,  are  expressed 
by  arbitrary  signs  known  as  the  "Oids." 

("  Ord,"  a  Greek  word,  means  like.     "  Oids"  are  like  vowels.) 

LIGHT  OIDS. 

he 

of          or  on  tv        but    should     to  the    to  a,    how 

\  I  / 

X....L..  /•_.._. v.        _, 

Notice  in  the  third  group  that  "'  how  "  doc*  not  (ouch  the  line. 

HEAVY    OIDiS. 

all    already  ought  who 

\          \  S       t('u       ol1       whum  about  to  whom 

Notice  in  the  third  group  that  "  aoout  "  does  not  touch  the  line. 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 


ABBREVIATIONS. 

(a)  The  same  abbreviation  often  stands  for  more  than  one  word 
or  phrase ;  in  practice,  the  proper  word  is  determined  by  the  aid  of. 
the  context. 

'_.....  A,  .v     I.  J...  .L  -4. 

is        as        hope    be          it      do         this      those 
party  thus 

happy 

^    /.    ±.   L  .r  ...  .s. ..(.. 

you  your       because    for     will  good  have  them 


was    business 


its 

it  is 


into 
in  it 


..(I- 

the  a-n  whole 
and 


time 


(b)  A  word  or  outline  is  sometimes  written  out  of  its  regular 
position,  that  it  may  not  conflict  with  another  word  of  the  same 
outline  and  position  ;  thus,  this,  2d  place,  to  discriminate  from 
these,  1st  place  ;  le,  2d  place  on  account  of  its  frequency. 

(c)  S  may  be  added  to  the  regular  word  by  adding  Iss  to  the 
word-sign,  or  abbreviation  ;  thus,  ^~~~^>  times;  f~  yours. 

NOTE.  —  The  above  list  is  given  for  use  in  the  following  lessons.    The  ready 
student  may  commence  at  this  point  to  learn  the  regular  list  on  page  84. 

SENTENCES  ILLUSTRATING  Iss,  Ses,  OIDS,  AND  ABBREVIATIONS. 


c 


...\  .....  \  ......  ;  ..... 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  29 

HALVING. 

50.  Halving  a  letter  adds  T  or  D.     Ya,  Wa,  Emp,  and  Ing  are 
never  halved  when  simple,  but  they  may  be  halved  when   they 
have  a  final  hook. 

51.  L,  R,  M,  N,  unhooked,  when  halved  to  add  D,  must  be 
shaded  ;    when  halved  to  add  T,    they   are   made   light  ;   when 
hooked,  they  are  halved  light  to  add  D,  same  as  T.     When  made 
heavy,  they  are  called  (a),  Eld,  Ard,  Med,  End  ;  light— (b),  Let, 
Art,  Met,  Net  ;  (c)  Nomenclature  :  Pet,  Bet,  Tet,  Det,  Chet,  Jet, 
Ket,  Get,  Fet,  Vet,  Thet,  THet,  Esfc,  Zed,  Isht  or  Shayt,  Eld,  Let, 
Ret,  Art,  Ard,  Met,  Med,  Net,  End. 

(d)  Eld  is  always  written  with  a  downward  stroke. 

E^"  It  is  very  important  to  learn  and  always  use  the  correct 
nomenclature. 

Line  1  :  pay,  pate,  day,  date,  gay,  gate,  Fay,  fate,  lay,  late. 


30  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

EXCEPTIONS. 

52.  The  half  length  cannot  be  used  to  represent  T  or  D  just 
preceding  a  final  vowel  ;(in  other  words,  a   final   vowel  cannot 
follow  a  half  length  :) 

53.  When  two  vowels  occur  consecutively  before   or  after  T 
orD  ; 

54.  When  an  angle  would  not  be  formed  between  a  half  length 
and  a  whole  stroke, 

55.  When  a  word  of  two  syllables  would  be  represented  by  a 
single  stroke. 

56.  When  a  vowel  occurs  between  Ila  and  D,  use  full-length  D  ; 
as  married,  torrid. 

Pity     putty   biddy          lot  gait         fat 

pit         put       bid  Lotty       gaiety 


65 


, 

---- 


8  Sentences   ... 


NOTE. — The  practical  writer  usually  ignores  Principle  55,  and  writes ' '  avowed,1 
allowed,"  etc.,  with  a  single  half  length. 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMANIC.  31 

57.  When  La  must  be  halved  to  add  D  (as  in  line  1),  it  can- 
not  be  shaded.     (See  51.) 

58.  A  half  length  at  the  end  of  an  outline  ends  the  word  with 
the  consonant  T  or  D,   except  when  S  is  made  last  (see  35),  in 
which  case  the  T  or  D  is  read  immediately  before  the  sound  S. 
(b)  When  a  vowel  occurs  between  T  or  D  and  final  S,  use  the  stroke 
TOY  D. 

59.  Ra  and  Ha  are  seldom  halved  when  written  alone ;  (b)  when 
Rd  following  a  stroke  ends  a  word  and  Ard  cannot  be  written 
with  an  angle,  or  if  it  is  not  allowable,  use  Ret.     (Line  3.) 

GO.     When  D  follows  two  R's,  or  IIiT  and  Ra,  use  the  stroke  D. 


-    -  "f  V- 

.  ixi_i_t%>*#i:      '-^-5- 


Key  to  Line  1  :  rustled,  hustled,  muzzled,  guzzled,  embezzled. 

Line  2  :  Pat's,  Patty's,  bets,  Betty's,  Kate's,  Katy's,  lots,  Lotty's,  debts,  ditties. 

Line  3  :  feared,  caret,  coward,  mart,  rates,  these  rates,  road,  rats,  ports. 


32  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 


OMISSION   OP   VOWELS. 

61.  Rule  1. — Vowels  may  be  omitted  when  the  name  of  the 
outline  exactly  coincides  with  the  word,  or  (b)  that  vowel  may  be 
omitted  from  a  stroke  which  coincides  with  a  syllable. 

62.  Rule  2. — Vowels  may  be  omitted  when  the  stroke  implies 
an  initial  or  final  vowel  (as  L,  R,  Ra). 

63.  Rule  3. — Do  not  try  to  guess  at  the  name  of  an  outline  ; 
simply  pronounce  the  full  name  of  the  outline  the  same  as  it  has 
been  given  in  previous  lessons,  and  you  will  also  pronounce  the 
word. 


A./.  A 


Sentences 


Key :   be,  Jay,  are,  lay,  met,  end,  let,  get,  gay,  net,  bet,  pet,  way,  weigher, 
layer,  cadet,  delay,  decay,  being,  essence,  case,  lays,  pieces,  races,  cases,  ways, 
(R.  1,  b),  empty,  Katy,  lazy,  gayly,  lady,  pity,  elm,  ready,  send. 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  33 

BRIEF  SIGNS. 

64.  The  brief  signs  for  W  and  Y  are  called  W6  or  Wu,  and  Y8 
or  Yu,  to  distinguish  them  from  the  full  length  sign. 

W<*  Wtt  Yfe  YB 

c  D  u  n 

65.  The  brief  Ya,  composed  of  a  small  semicircle,  opens  up- 
ward or  downward  ;  (b)  the  brief  Wa  opens  to  the  right  or  left, 
(c)  They  are  used  when  the  word  begins  or  ends  with  the  sound 
of  We  or  Ye,  and  (d)  occasionally  between  two  strokes. 

66.  (a)  When  a  vowel  commences  or   ends   a   word,    use   the 
stroke  Wa  or  Ya.     (b)  The   stroke   is  sometimes  used   between 
strokes,  when  the  outline  is  thus  more  practical.     See  line  10. 

67.  When  there  are  no  other  consonant  strokes,  the  stroke  sign 
must  be  used,  as  a  brief  sign  can  not  be  vocalized. 

68.  SW.  Iss  may  precede  the  brief  We  sign  by  writing  it 

within  the  sign  :  *]    sweet ;  A  sweep. 

69.  WS.  When  W  is  followed  by  S,  use  Wa  stroke :  % A  ..  wisp. 

70.  Join  We  or  Wu  at  the  most  convenient  angle,  except  as 
stated  in  72. 

71.  In  joining :   (a)  Use  Y6  on  down   strokes,  N,  and  Ing. 
(b)  Use  Yu  on  M,  Emp,  Ra,  La,  Ka,  and  Ga. 

WE  AS  A  HOOK. 

72.  L,  M,  N,  and  Ra  take  the  brief  W  sign  as  a  hook  without 
an  angle  ;  when  thus  hooked  they  are  called  Wei,  Wem,  Wen,  Wer. 

(Wer  must  be  pronounced  with  short  e  as  in  be"t.) 

Wei     Wem     Wen        Wer 

/-  " 

L       <f~~^     S_/      c^ 

73.     WORD  SIGNS. 

with      we       were  what    would    beyond  you 
c          c  D  n 

year     yet    when    we  are    where     aware     we  will 


34 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 
Brief  Signs  Illustrated^ 


*. 


Half  Lengths  _  -  < 

~~" 


Key,  Line  2  :  weep,  web,  wet,  wed,  watch,  wage,  wake,  wag,  wig,  waged. 

Line  5  :  half  way,  gateway,  some  way,  this  way,  that  way,  any  way,  my  way. 
go  away. 

Line  15  :  wind,  ward,  wound,  quart,  swindle,  twined,  acquired,  wilt,  welt 
wield. 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC,  35 

PHRASING  AND  ABBREVIATIONS. 

73  Phrasing  is  the  art  of  joining  short- 
hand characters  together  that  speed  may 
be  gained. 

74  Join  word-signs  and  abbreviations 
when  both  are  in  their  natural  positions. 


you  win       ^  _  in  this  way 

^X,__  in  these        ,./^\--   will  have 
..^1s>...  in  tnis  ....X.      in  your 

~!^r/.  ___  in  those        i»JL>t—  it-is  in 
*•—(      when  they  ....In  -----  do  you  come 
£^\     we  always   ....'"r^"^.   anything 
"  /        we  also  v>/     anywhere 

.<YTr>..  you  may          </(    we  are  in  receipt 
-J^--.-  it  has  come  ____  c-Aw<  whenever 
-rvTTv_  you  may  be  -—V-*C  nowhere 
.r/T^b.^  y°u  always    ____  i^\-...  wherever 
uA.       we  will  have  _^Tl  __  into 
_^        of  the  on  the 

OIDS. 

The  Oids'should  be  joined  to  each  other 
or  to  some  following  word  when  possible. 

And  and  the  are  written  aa  ticks  when 
joined  ,  and  being  horizontal  or  vertical  ; 
the,  oblique. 

The  must  not  be  joined  to  a  following 
stroke. 

TICK  PHRASES 

And  a-n-,-and  dol  and  whenTTxlo  theL_ 
and  sent-^  and  the.^.by  the  \     and  it  L 


30 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


SENTENCES  ILLUSTRATING  PHRASES  AND  BRIEF  SIGNS. 


I-    \        N 

r»  I — '>  •*• 


r  Foresee  (phrase). 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


37 


EXERCISE  LETTER. 
1. 


KEY. 

R.  L.  WAT,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Sir — I  write  to  inquire  if  ymi  will  send  me  names  of  the  manufacturers  who 
use  your  tools  in  this  city.  We  are  to  fit  all  our  mills  with  new  repair  tools  and 
desire  to  get  your  catalogue  of  rates  as  soon  as  possible,  as  it  will  be  necessary  to 
put  our  ivhole  force  to  work,  by  January  5th.  Yours  truly, 

The  following  list  contains  the  abbreviations,  phrases,  and  word 
signs  contained  in  the  above  letter  and  indicated  by  italics  in  the 
Key,  with  the  proper  names  of  their  outlines,  or  "  nomenclature." 
The  small  figures  denote  the  position  each  has  to  the  line  of  writ- 
ing, i.e.,  1st,  2d,  or  3d  position. 

"In  this  ".and  "it  will  be"  are  joined  together,  or  phrased, 
because  all  are  signs  in  their  natural  position  ;  that  is,  they  would 


38  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 

otherwise  be  written  on  the  line.  "If  yon  will  "  is  phrased  be. 
cause  of  its  frequency,  the  first  word  governing  the  position. 

"This "  is  written  on  the  line  when  alone  to  distinguish  it  from 
"these"  which  is  written  above  the  line. 

"As  soon  as  possible"  is  such  a  very  frequent  phrase  used  in 
"ommercial  correspondence  that  a  special  form  seems  to  be  valuable. 

"  Necessary"  and  "work,"  it  will  be  seen,  are  formed  from  the 
first  part  of  their  outlines. 

The  *  indicates  "phrases  "  or  words  joined.  (See  pp.  110,  113.) 

WOBDS.  NOMENCLATURE: 

inquire  N1  Wer 

*if  you  will  F1  Yu2  La 

of  Petoid1 

the  dot1 

manufacture  MNPZ 

use  z3 

your  Ya2 

*in  this  N  Th2  Iss 

we  are  Wer1 

to  Petoid2 

all  Bedoid1 

with  We1 

new  N2  Chetoid      . 

*as  soon  as  possible  Ses2  Ns  P 

whole  L3 

work  Wer2 

January.  J2N. 

I  write  (I  joined)  Petoid1  Ra  T. 

74.  In  connection  with  this  it  is  essential  to  refer  to  the  chapter 
on  Nomenclature  in  the  latter  part  of  the  book.    A  thorough  knowl- 
edge of  the  names  of  the  outlines  is  necessary  to  good  reading 
ability. 

W  DIPHTHONGS. 

75.  When  &ie  brief  signs  Ye  and  We  can  not  well  be  joined  to 
strokes,  they  may  be  written  in  the  places  of  the  vowels  which 
immediately  follow  them   to  express  both  the  vowel   and  the 
brief  sign. 

76.  We",  shaded,  is  used  in  the  places  of  the  heavy  dots,  and  is 
called  We,  Wa,  Wa,  according  as  it  is  1st,  2nd  or  3d  place. 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


39 


77.  W&,  light,  is  used  in  the  place  of  light  dots,  and  is  called 
Wi,  Wg,  Wa,  according  as  it  is  1st,  2nd  or  3rd  position. 

78.  Wu,  shaded  is  used  for  the  heavy  dash,  and  is  called  Waw, 
Wo,  Woo,  respectively,  as  it  is  placed  in  1st,  2nd  or  3d  position. 

79.  Wu,  light,  is  used  for  the  light  dash,  and  is  called  w5,  wii, 
woo,  according  to  position. 

Diagram  representing  brief  signs  in  vowel  places.. 


Lines  3  and  U  are  for  the  purpose  of  illustrating  the  proper  positions  of  the 
brief  signs,  but  these  words  are  written,  in  practice,  with  the  brief  sign  joined 
and  a  vowel,  the  disjoined  sign  properly  being  used  where  juncture  is  imprac- 
ticable. 

weep       wait        wit  wet          wig 

„  V\  \,\    11  -    s- 

.  'IL  ..... 

,c 

^  J.JKLL    <~ 

/  A__i  .........  -- 

3 

. 

&          .  Sentences 


.w 


4(J  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

EXERCISE  LETTER. 
2. 


KEY. 

H.  DAVIS,  Memphis,  Term. 

Sir: — In  answer  to  your  inquiry  for  our  catalogue  of  goods  we 
manufacture,  we  send  you  same,  and  will  ask  your  perusal  of  the 
items  we  have  marked  with  red  ink,  and  which  we  are  aware  are  the 
goods  in  which  you  deal. 

Hoping  we  may  be  made  happy  by  a  good  sale  to  you,  we  are 

Yours, 

The  word  ''marked"  is  formed  simply  by  omitting  R;  the  3d 
place  heavy  dot  bearing  similarity  to  the  consonant  R,  the  outline 
is  quite  suggestive.  The  dot  at  the  end  of  "hope"  indicates 
"ing,"  that  being  an  "affix"  for  this  syllable. 

OMISSION  OF  VOWELS. 

The  advanced  writer  uses  few  vowels.  Omission  begins  in  words  with 
which  the  writer  is  quite  familiar  or  whose  outlines  are  quite  suggestive. 

In  Tennessee,  the  S  stroke  indicates  a  final  vowel  (see  44).  "made" 
sounds  similar  to  the  nomenclature,  "  Med." 

See  paragraph  230  for  complete  rules. 

NOMENCLATIVE  OF  ABBEEVIATIONS. 

For,  F2;  goods,  Geds2;  we,  We"1;  will,  L2,  have,  V2;  marked, 
M  Ket3;  which,  Cha2;  hope,  happy,  P3. 
For  instruction  as  to  practice,  see  page  187. 
For  initials  see  principle  i.,  210. 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMANIC.  41 


Y  DIPHTHONGS. 

80.  Ye,  shaded,  used  in  the  places  of  the  heavy  dots  is  called 
Ye,  Ya,  Yii. 

81.  Ye,  light,  in  place  of  the  light  dots  is  called  YX,  Y6,  Ya. 

82.  Yu,   shaded,  used  in  the  places  of  the  heavy  dashes  is 
called  Yaw,  Y6,  Yoo. 

83.  Yu,  light,  used  in  the  places  of  the  light  dashes  is  called 
Yo,  Yu,  Yo^>. 

84.  The  Ye  diphthongs   frequently   take    the    place   of    two 
vowels. 

Diagram  of  Ye  diphthongs  with  nomenclature. 


••yZ 


.In 


yi 


&.JSS Up P I"** k* 

(2)  notorious  (no-tor-yu-s),  serious,  variou.s,  Emporia,  Pontius,  imperious. 

(3)  unison,  lawyer,  barrier,  sensorious,  piteous,  obvious. 

(4)  maniacs,  foliage,  envious,  dubious,  coyote. 


odium          folio  odious  furious 

od-yum        foly-o  od-yus  fur-yu-s 


X 


^  ^^ 


^ 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 
66 


\     y°  \  ^^  \ 

Xp   /     h  •'- ' 


•     -X*    \    <s  o     x-x 

u      I.../ *....t^. ...rs....\ ,f     I 


H 
85.    There  are  four  ways  of  expressing  H: 

(o)  A  stroke  called  H<T. 

'(b)  A  tick  called  HI. 

(c)  A  dot  called  He  dot. 

(d)  A  shaded  We  hook. 

86.  EULES. 

1.  Use  Ha  when  there  is  no  other  stroke  in  the  word;  ^  hay 

2.  Use  Ha  when  immediately  followed  by  8;  m    ^XThus.'k. 

3.  Use  Ha  when  preceded  by  initial  vowel;  /\  a  head 

4.  Use  Ha  preceding     half  length  straight  strokes.   ; 

5.  Use  Ha  when  the  word  contains  two  syllables  and  a  final 
vowel. 

6.  Use  the  tick  usually  in  words  beginning  with  H  and  fol- 
lowed by  a  stroke  consonant. 

Theiick  is  mostly  used  on  Jtf,  Emp,  Ar,  8,  Z,  K  Ga,  M  and  W 

7.  -Use  the  dot  between  two  consonant  strokes,  or  when  the 
tick  wonld  be  inconvenient. 

Usually  the  dot  is  omitted  and  only  the  following  vowel  is  written. 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC, 


43 


9.    Shading  We  Hook  on  M,  N.  L,  and  Ra  prefixes  Ha  to  We. 
Xiine  1:  hay,  hoe,  how,  house,  hie,  hiss,  haze,  Hughes,  hoes,  Hades. 
Line  6:   unhook,  unhung,  mahogany.    Line  8:  •wheel,  whale. 


MuleJ 


Rule  G 


Rule  7 


N  HOOK. 
87.    A  small  final  hook  on  all  strokes  adds  N. 


pn    /"* 


In     J 


tn 


(a)  Jl  &  joined  to  curves  by  writing  it  following  the  direction  of  the  curve ; 

(b)  on  straight  strokes  it  is  written  on  the  left-hand  side  of  doivnward  strokes; 

(c)  on  the  right-hand  side  of  upward  strokes  and  on  the  lower  side  of  horizontals. 

Vo  fh    Vo    vn       \  pn        /*  rn     £       hn    -— ,      kn. 

88.  Circle  Iss  can  follow  N  hook  immediately  after  it  (no  inter- 
vening vowels')  (a)  by  writing  it  distinctly  within  the  hook  on 
curves;  ^  fines  (b)  by  extending  the  hook  into  a  circle  on  straight 
strokes^  \^  jjin  *\  pins. 

89.  No  vowel  can  be  read  after  the  N  hook  at  the  end  of  an 
outline:    N  stroke  must  be  used  before  final  vowel:  ^>  fun  V^l^    funny 


44  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

90.  Use  the  stroke  N  following  or  preceding  two  conseculive 
vowels  ;  as,  ruin  /^~x  scion    Y     lion  £*    Bowen  \\ 

91.  Halving  a  stroke  with  N  hook  and  Iss  adds  T  or  D  imme- 
diately following  the  hook,  but  (see  86)  Iss  would  be  reac   last, 

same  as  on  whole  lengths  :  ^  paints  ;  vs>   faints. 

pn  bn      in  dn  chn  jn  kn     gn     fn   vn    thn  thn  m  zn    rn    hn   shn  zhn 

\\   J  I  //"-  -H.V,  (  C  ^S 


inn         nn         yn      wn       mpn      r>gn        In        rn 

**  ^  V_P 

^-^....s_?....<C-..r%  ......  ,„  ........  ^L.^ 

pin  bane     ten     den      chin    John  can  gain  fine  vine 


Circle  joined  to  Nhook  ;  88b 


Final  -vowel  after  N  ;  89  and  87  contrasted. 


6 


6 


88a,  Iss  joined,  curve  stroke ;  N  hook. 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  45 

EXERCISE  LETTER. 
3. 


fl 


r 


KEY. 


MESSES.  SMITH  &  DOWNS,  Middletown,  La. 

Gentlemen  —  We  are  in  receipt  of  your  advice  of  late  date,  in  which  you  say 
you  have  been  delayed  in  the  manufacture  of  our  ten  foot  chains  on  account 
of  the  fire  at  your  works.  If  you  can  get  them  here  by  June  1st,  it  will  be 
satisfactory.  Yours, 

"We  are  in  receipt"  is  a  very  common  expression  in  business 
correspondence,  and  the  faster  such  expressions  can  be  written, 
the  more  time  the  writer  will  have  to  form  unfamiliar  outlines. 
Wer-Ste  may  be  used  for  this  expression  and  joined  to  the  fol- 
lowing noun  in  any  sentence,  "of"  or  "of  the,"  following,  being 
omitted  in  order  to  make  a  phrase. 

Nomenclature:  Gentlemen  Jent1;  have  been,  Ven2;  you  say, 
Yu2S;  first,  Stg2;  satisfactory,  Ste  3;  in  the,  JS^Chetoid. 

It  is  only  in  a  few  instances  that  a  hook  is  ever  joined  to  the 
convex  side  of  a  curve,  and  then  only  in  a  phrase  when  great  gain 
is  made  in  speed  thereby. 

Observe  how  D  is  added  to  M  to  make  "Mid"  in  Middletown, 
and  is  added  to  L  in  delayed,  and  give  the  rules  therefor.  (See  51.) 

The  vowel  is  omitted  in  "fire  "  since  the  sentiment  of  the  letter 
seems  to  suggest  the  word.  See,  also,  230,  list  one. 

Of  the  is  omitted  between  account  and  fire,  the  words  omitted 
being  indicated  by  proximity  of  the  remaining  parts  of  the 
phrase.  (See  222.) 


46  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 

F    HOOK. 

92.  A  small  final  hook  on  the  right-hand  side  of  down,  (b)  the 
upper  side  of  horizontals,  (c)  and  the-  left-hand  side  of  upward 
strokes,  adds  P  or  V  to  straight  letters  finally.     (For  convenience 

called  "F  hook"  :     \^   pave  ;    j    ^  cough  [k8fj).     The  F  hook  is 
placed  on  the  same  side  as  circle  S. 

93.  Ra   usually  follows   F    hook   when  fr  follows  a  stroke 

^/  differ;   IV  diver. 

94.  Iss  can  follow  F  hook  without  intervening  vowel  by  writ- 
ing it  distinctly  within  the  hook  (see  nomenclature):    \^    puffs. 

95.  The  F  hook  is  sometimes  used  on  the  curves  Th,  S,  and  N 
by  elongating  the  N  hook.     It  usually  signifies  the  syllable  ful  or 
fully. 

NOTE.—  Study  the  rules  for  omission  of  vowels  before  reading  the  sentences. 
pf  bf       tf  df    chf  jf    kf     gf       thf  sf      rf  hf 

,  XX  .....  I 


20  . 


i 

L...^  .  v^  v  —  o 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


RULES  FOR  F  AND  N  HOOKS. 


47 


96.  No  vowel  can  occur  between  the  F  or  N  hook  and  a  joined 
circle,     (a)  The  stroke  JV"  or  F  with  circle,  or  (b)  the  stroke  S, 

following  the  hook,  must  then  be  used  :    —  f    caves;     f  °    cones  ; 
O\  canoes. 

97.  Combined  hook  and  circle  are  written  on  half  lengths  only 
when  the  consonants  ntsorfts  occur  consecutively  ;  as,  "b*--  paints; 

'•      rifts  ;   ^  faints  ;        /a  rents  ;    J-  dents. 

98.  When  joinable,  the  N  or  F  hook  may  occur  in  the  middle 
of  words  ;  the  N  hook  must  then  sometimes  be  made  as  an  angle. 

99.  No  vowel  can  follow  a  final  hook  ;  a  stroke  must  then  be 
used  instead  of  the  hook.     See  Line  5. 

100.  A  stroke  can  sometimes  follow  N  hook  and  circle,  as  in 

;  mansard      '  J  . 


UVJ t  I:.. 

vo 


'  --z^--\ -°~s 

^  ^  •   r  ^      V  C\    ^ 
/  ^5--^--        -^  ~^-~.->0-..-€ 


48  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

LETTER  4. 

or  l\' —  r  4X..~- .  v^x__fl  *  zL  V_ 

^!.^x,i_v^\.^/j\| 

^"^   \          Y~  I  J 

r 


KEY. 

MKSSRS.  DAVID  BOON  &  Co.,  Dayton,  O.: 

Gentlemen — Wo  enclose  you  check  for  $50.00,  being  payment  on  our  ac- 
count to  June  10th. 

We  shall  be  down  to  your  office  before  long,  and  will  make  good  the  differ- 
enconow  standing  between  us,  and  wtii  pay  you  in  advance  for  nine  months. 
,  .  Yours, 

Abbreviations  -with  nomenclature:  For,  F  2;  shall,  Ish  2;  be^ 
B2;  make,  M  2;  difference,  Def  2;  company,  K  2;  between,  Ten 
1;  before,  Bef  2;  us,  S  3;  your,  Ya,  2;  long,  Ing  3;  now,  N  2 
Petoid;  advance,  Def  3. 

Observations:  In  David,  the  outline  is  not  one  likely  to  be 
thought  of  since  the  V  sound  is  joined  onto  the  D  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  word  instead  of  the  last  consonant,  as  in  the  ordinary 
division  of  the  word.  In  "Dayton,"  notice  that  the  D  tapers 
into  the  T  gradually;  a  halved  D  joined  to  N  would  not  be  prac- 
tical. In  sixty, 'the  syllable  "  ty  "  is  indicated  by  the  long  appen- 
dage. Us  is  written  through  the  line,  notwithstanding  it  has  a 
2nd  place  vowel,  to  distinguish  it  from  say  and  so,  which  are  on 

the  line. 

In  practising  this  letter  and  subsequent  ones,  work  for  legibility 
as  well  as  speed.  Practice  for  beauty  of  outlines  and  continuity 
of  movement ;  otherwise  your  time  is  wasted. 

See  230,  rules  1  and  6,  for  omitting  vowels  on  "being,"  "our," 
and  "  be." 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMAN  1C.  49 


L   HOOK. 

101.  A  small  initial  hook  on  the  circle  side  of  the  stroke 
expresses  L  immediately  following  it: 

<L  fl  ;    ^  vl  ;  \    pi ;      \  bl  ;  „_  kl. 
L  hook  may  be  used  between  strokes.     See  line  3. 

102.  No  L  hook  occurs  on  S,   Z,    Mp,  Ing,  L,  R,  and  Wa, 
these  letters  having  no  initial  hook,  except  L,  which  has  initial 
WS  hook. 

103.  The  hook  is  large  on  M,  N,  and  Ra  to  distinguish  from 

the  We  hook  :  C"N  ml  ;  <^'  nl  ;  <r-x  wm  ;  ^— '  wn  ;  </  wr  ;  (/  rl. 

104.  Iss  may  precede  the  L  hook  at  the  beginning  or  between 
strokes  by  writing  it  within  the  hook.  Lines  5  and  6. 

(b)    A  final  vowel  following  a  hook  stroke  which  is  preceded  by  a  vowel  should 

rarely  be  omitted ;  as,  ably     >\    ugly  ,-  \ 

105.  When   no  vowel  follows  Pie,  Ble,  Kle,  Gle,  and  Fie, 
they  should  be  pronounced  Pel,  Bel,  Kel,  Gel,  and  Fel.     See 
Nomenclature,  page  231. 

106.  Shel  and  Zhel  are  only  used  in  combination  with  other 
s!  rokes  and  must  be  written  upward  to  distinguish  them  from  Shen 
and  Zhen,  the  downward  strokes. 


50 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


L    HOOK. 


pi  bl  tl  dl     chl  jl        kl     g! 

\\  rr 


fl    vl  thl  Thl 


shl  zhl 


ml         nl  rl 


C  f          J  J          c^  ^      <S 

(upward) 

play  bio         clay      fly  evil    flow  flai 

pl-a  bl-6       kl-a      fl-i  ev-1  fl-6  fl-a 


flame 
-am 


»V 

.          ,-,   „  Na-ml-i 

•  4*wu~i^*J     r\  in     v — v    c  (namely)  V^ 

...  ^  ..  ..~^..-^.^....\~.--.-^-...  _.^.... 

V  .       *       fN  •  .     Sentinel 

/of/a  . . 

: ^-l^..!JLl>\  .  -!-.^.O.x 

*  difficult  (sign-word). 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMANIC.  51 

R   HOOK. 

107.  A    small    initial    hook   on  * 
straight  strokes  (a)  on  the  left-hand     p,  £      £  -3     •£  .£,  J2      be 
side  of  downward  strokes,  (b)  and     <•,    <\       00       7  ? 

the  lower  side  of  horizontals,  adds  \  \  I  I  /  /  ,- —  ,— — 
11  just  following  the  stroke. 

108.  On  ^  7,  Ith,  and  77<e  the 
7Z  /too/*   is  expressed   by  reversing 
them  with  L  hook,  sidewise. 

(Lhool)      _ 

(upward) 

110.      Wa,  R,  S,  and  Z  have  no  R  hook  and  therefore  do  not 

conflict  with  Fr,  Vr,  Thr,  TITr  :/W;      1  YT ;     )  s  ;  )    thr. 

ILL     M and  N take  the  R  hook  by  shading  the  stroke  in  addi- 
tion to  a  small  initial  hook:  <— ^  mr  ;  ^- '  nr. 

112.  Zha  and  Sha  take  the  R  hook  initially  when  made  down- 
ward, and  L   when  made   upward  and  joined   to   other  strokes. 
(See  106.)    J)  shr  ;    J)  zhr. 

113.  Wlien  no  vowel  follows:  Pre,  Bre,  Tre,  Dre,  Kre,  Gre, 
"Fro,  Thre,  should  be  called  Per,  Ber,  Ter,  Dcr,  Ker,  Ger,  Fer, 
Ther. 

114.  Iss  beginning  an  outline  with  R  hook  is  written  inside 

the  hook  on  curves  :  ^  suffer;  O  sinner;  -^  simmer.  Read 
the  circle  first,  vowel  before  the  stroke,  then  the  stroke,  hook 
and  vowel  after  the  stroke  (if  any). 

115.  On  straight  strokes,  the  R  hook  is  closed  into  a  circle 
to  express  initial  S  preceding  stroke  and  hook  respectively.     (A 
vowel  before  the  stroke  is  read  between  Iss  and  stroke.)  ^    stray. 

116.  Do  not  write  the  circle  within  the  straight  stroke  R  hook, 
but  simply  close  the  hook  :  a —  sicker  ;  not  c —  • 

117.  No  R  hook  occurs  on  Ha,  Ra,  S  and  Z,  R,  Wa,  L,  Ya, 

Ing  and  Emp  : <     s—**  having  no  R  hook,  do  not  conflict  with 

t-^  mr  ;  ^^  nr. 


52  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

pray  bray     tray          prays  trays 

pr-a   bra       tr-a  pr-as  tr-as 


MEDIAL  VOWELS. 

RULES    COMMON    TO    ALL    HOOKS.     TWO    HOOKS    TO 
ONE  STROKE. 

117a.  Always  pronounce  the  name  of  any  hook  character  with 
a  single  syllable  name.  P  R  would  mean  two  strokes  ;  Per,  one 
stroke  with  hook.  See  page  231. 

Vowels  written  before  a  hooked  stroke  should  be  read  before  the  stroke  and 
the  hook,  and  vowels  written  after  initial  hook  stroke  should  be  read  after  both 
hook  and  stroke. 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMANIC. 


53 


118.  In  joining,  it  is  sometimes  necessary  to  imperfectly  express 

the  hook,  or  express  it  as  an  angle:   \—  bigger  ;  _—/  gunner. 

119.  A  vowel  may  be  expressed  to  read  between  an  initial  hook 
and  stem  by  striking  the  dash  vowel  across  the  stem,  or  turning 
the  dots  into  circles  and  placing  them  before  the  stroke  if  they  are 
long,  and  after  if  short.    It  is  sometimes  impracticable  to  place  the 


.       —  i 

vowel  in  correct  position,  as  in  engineer    g-s  '•>  qualify          v_  . 

120.  Halving  all  single  hook  characters  adds  T  or  D  finally. 
No  vowel  or  hook  can  follow  final  T  or  D  expressed  by  a  half 
length  ;  but  the  circle  S  must  always  be  read  last  when  written 
last.  (See  par.  35.) 


54  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 


R  HOOK  SYNOPSIS 

121.     Showing  all  modifications  arid  combinations. 
Line  1  ,  primary  stroke. 
Line  2,  simple  K  hook. 
Line  3,  R  hook  with  final  S. 
Line  4,  hook  with  initial  rowel. 
Line  6,  Iss  joined  to  R  hook.    Read  Rule  114. 
Line  6,  half  length  with  circle,  R  hook. 
Line  7,  R  hook  combined  with  N  hook. 
Line  8,  Stroke,  R  hook,  N  hook,  half  length. 
Line  9,  Iss,  Stroke,  R  hook,  half  length  and  final  hook. 
Line  10,  Iss,  stroke,  R  hook,  half  length,  final  hook  and   final 
circle. 


77 


Strands  is  here  also  written  with  alphabetical  strokes  to  illustrate  the 
value  of  brief  forms. 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMASTIC. 


55 


E  HOOK  SYNOPSIS— CONTINUED. 

122.  E  hook  in  the  middle  of  werds: 

123.  Circle  with  the  E  hook  in  the  middle  of  the  outline: 

124.  E  hook  indicated  by  the  location  of  the  circle: 

A  circle  on  the  left  hand  side  between  two  concurrent  straight 
strokes,  must  mean  either  ns  on  the  preceding  stroke,  or  sr  on  the 
following  stroke;  sr  takes  the  preference,  since  the  combined  circle 
and  N  hook  al  ways  ends  the  outline,  except  when  the  N  hook  is 
itself  expressed,  as  in  100. 


I*      /•    y  ^H  ^ 

\o~        \       -I 

' 


...) 

,  [•     (      Contrast  thes 
rb    s 


^    /v"  L,        ^'  S 
'      ^  .......  \    T 


,  .....v4..:  .......  r:......:  v 

1-  -I?    l<  K 


56  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 

SYSTEMATIC  ARRANGEMENT  OF  L  HOOK  AND 
COMBINATIONS. 

125.     Shel  must  always  be  made  upward  and  joined. 

The  initial  hook  on  downward  Sh  or  Ish  stands  for  R  ;  on  the 
upward  Sh  or  Shay,  for  L,  the  name  of  the  character  being  Shel. 
The  final  hook  is  always  N,  the  character  to  which  Sh  is  joined 
indicating  plainly  whether  the  stroke  is  made  upward  or  downward. 
Thus  we  have  three  hooks  on  Sh  : 

126.   L  hook,  when  Sh  is  written  upward  and  joined  to  other  strokes  ; 
R  hook,  Sh  is.written  downward  ; 
Nhook,  at  the  end,  whether  upward  or  djwnward. 

V-^         ..- 


°"        **  %          i      / 

--^ A  :-   ,-:  V-  -v  J  -^  -^-^-  SB 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC.  57 

127.     SYNOPSIS  OF  N  AND  F  HOOKS. 
N  HOOK. 

x\ I-J- /x ^ 

V 

X_.\ J.:J~  __.</_.</..  .-^...-...x* 


F   HOOK. 


*  Has  been.  *  At  length.  *  Useful. 

It  is  important  to  read  by  columns,  upward  and  downward,  as 
well  as  by  lines. 

All  these  synopses  should  be  written  500  times,  or  until  they 
can  be  written  legibly  without  hesitation. 

Observe  the  Nomenclature,  page  231. 


58  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND    METHOD. 

ST. 
129.     St  or  Zd  can  bo  expressed  in  four  ways. 

1st,     By  a  circle  and  stroke  "  1.    stay     j. 

2nd.    By  a  loop  o  2.    past  \ . 

3rd.     By  halved  S~)  3.    cast    *) 


Uh.     By  two  full  strokes  /  4.    Estey    /. 

130.  Use  the  circle  and  stroke  when  a  vowel  comes  between  S 
and   T,  T  set  ;  (b)  and  when  a  vowel  following  St  ends  a  word, 

Jt  rusty. 

131.  Use  the  loop  when  a  word  begins  or  ends  with  St:     Vstab; 
_\fc  boast. 

132.  When  a  word  begins  with  a  vowel  followed  by  St,  use 
halved  S:  }*-^  esteem  ;  (b)  when  ending  with  a  vowel  preceded  by 

St,  use  Iss  and  the  T  stroke  :    J*t\'     musty. 

134.     The  Ste  loop  is  written  according  to  the  rules  of  Iss,  ex- 
cept that  it  cannot  be  joined  to  F  and  L  hooks,  or  to  N  hooks  on 


curves  ;  (b)  in  such  cases  use  halved  S  or  Iss  T  :     J      steeple  ; 

^Jy   roughest;  /s}.  meanest  ;     \    "eper";  \^    stepper. 

135.  The  loop  is  called  Ste  at  the  beginning  and  1st  at  the  end 
of  a  word  for  convenience  in  reading. 

136.  1st  is  not  written  at  the  beginning  of  F,  V,  N,  or  S,  the 

stroke  T  being  followed  by  a  hook  :  f-  stuff  ;  j-  stone. 

U^*°  137.  A  vowel  cannot  be  written  before  a  loop  at  the  begin- 
ning, or  after  a  loop  at  the  end  of  a  word.  Iss  may  follow  final  1st. 

138.  St  loop  may  sometimes  be  used  at  the  end  of  a  word  when 
halved  S  (or  Est)  would  be  inconvenient,  by  ignoring  place  for 

vowel :  Vd*  (fust),  not     3  fewest. 


GRAHAM   AND   JFITMAX1C. 


59 


ILLUSTRATIONS  OF  ST. 


.A 


joined  to  B  Hook 

i^-        P     \ 
.    I     "I 

..... 


y^J 


newest 
newst 


rnodxt 
138* 

ii  * 


*  NOTE.—  The  stuJent  bhoujd  iww  fail  to  read  the  rcfurcnceis  to  the  defini- 
tions, 


60  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD 


139.  When  two  consecutive  vowels   follow  tit  use  lux    2\ 
(See  line  3,  word  8.) 

SH  AND  L. 

140.  Sh  is  invariably   made  downward  when  alone.     When 
joined  to  other  characters  it   may  be   made   upward.     Sh   made 
downward  is  pronounced  Isli;  made  upward,  Sha. 

141.  L  is  invariably  made  upward  when  alone,     (b)  It  may  be 
made  downward  when  joined.     When  made  upward  it  is  called 
La  ;  when  downward  it  is  called  El.          ) 

142.  Use  Sha  when  Sh  precedes  La  :  ^/     shell. 

143.  Use  La  when  L  precedes  Sha  :  ^  lash. 

144.  When  a  word  begins  with  a  vowel  and  L  followed  by  L, 

« 
R,  K,  Ga,  M,  Per,  Her,  or  Ing,  use  El:  .(JL  alike  ;  V      elabo- 

rate ;  ?~_  elk. 

145.  If  the  word  begins  with  L,  followed  by  one  of  the  above 

.  _  .A 

characters,  use  La  :  /y         like  ;  '    \  labor. 

146.  Use  El,  preceding  Iss-Ner  and  Iss-En,  and  usually  pre- 
ceding N  or  Ing  :  '*—'  listener  ;  CJ<  listen. 


147.  Use  Sha  following  T,  D,  J  :          Jewish  ;          dish. 

148.  Use  El,  for  final  L,  following  F,  V,  N,  K,  Ga,  La,  or  Ra  ; 
(b)  use  La  preceding  final  vowel  on  these  letters. 

The  hook  for  L  is  usually  used  in  words  of  a  single  syllable  ending  in  L. 

149.  Use  La  following  all  downward  straight  strokes  and  ;:11 
sloping  curves  except  F,  V,  L,  which  may  lake  either  El  or  La. 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMANIC. 


Gl 


SH  AND  L 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 
JltO     jv  Ul  s-       —       ,   _•  JA3s.« 

J  JE£jL£jLJFJS£z:* 

llfk  d-  ikO  contrast  til 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


RULES  FOR  R  AND  RA. 

150.  When  a  word  begins  with  R  use  Ra;  when  a  word  ends 
•with  R  use  R. 

151.  When  a  vowel  occurs  at  the  beginning  of  a  word,  just  be- 
fore R,  use  R;  when  it  occurs  at  the  end,  after  the  sound  R,  use  Ra. 

152.  Exceptions:     Always  use  R  before  M;  and 

153.  Always  use  Ra  before  T,  D,  F,  V,  Cha,  J,  Ha,  and  after  M. 

154.  Usually  use  two  .Ba's  for  two  R's  at  the  end  or  beginning 
of  a  word.     Line  5. 

155.  When  circle  S  begins  or  ends  a  word,  the  principles  of  R 
and  Ra  apply,  the  same  as  though  S  were  omitted. 


1S1  Final  It  and  Ra  contrasted  „ 


in 


S— T  _ 
W 


0RASAX  AND   PITMANIC.  63 

LENGTHENING. 

156.  Lengthening  a  character  adds  TR,  THR,  DR.   (a)  To  ING 
it  adds  KR  or  GR.    (b)  To  EMP  it  adds  R:  ^T^    mutter  or 
mother;     ^-  —  •*    nitre;    /•  —  >  madder;  (a)  kr   ^-^y    anger  or 

anchor;  (b)  ^x*^,  ember. 

157.  The   lengthening   principle  cannot  be  used  immediately 
preceding  a  final  vowel  ;  (b)  A  stem  with  a  hook  must  then  be 

V./I-  S^T 

used  :        I  entr(y)  ;    ^-^^  centre  ;          |    sentry. 

158.  A  circle  or  hook,  written  at  the  end  of  a  double  length, 
reads  after  the  sound  indicated  by  the  double  length,  or  at  the  end 
of  the  word,  the  same  as  in  normal  lengths  :    "T^b  mutters,  not 


muster;       -^    Amburn. 

159.  Double  lengths  may  be  employed  at  the  beginning  or  in  the 
middle  of  a  word  when  they  are  followed  by  a  consonant  stroke  : 
-'-^.i-^  —  "  eccentric  ;   ^  ---  '        nitric. 

160.  A  vowel  occurring  between  the  sound  Tr  or  Dr,  indicated 
by  lengthening,  and  a  final  hook  cannot  be  written,  but  it  may 
readily  be  supplied  ^  alterations  ;    ^  —  ^^  moderation. 


in  reading  :  *•  altcr-shons      \  moder-shon 

161.  A  "  medial  vowel  "  may  occur  between  the  two  sounds  (t-r) 
which  are  expressed  by  lengthening,  and  may  be  written  the  same 
as  in  the  case  of  vowels  occurring  between  the  stroke  and  hook  : 

vfCi—  ^  entire. 

162.  In  a  few  instances  the  straight  stroke  is  lengthened  : 
.(Con  dot.1  ±_y  /' 

I        conductor  ;      £-  -  injector  ;      /  rather. 

The  lengthening  principle  may  also  express  Thr  for  their, 
there,  or  they  are  :  ^f          all  there  ;  x""*    ^  may  tfiere. 

164.  Rules  for  position  :  For  up  strokes,  the  same  as  in  normals. 

165.  For  down  strokes,  1st  position,  on  the  line;  2d  position, 
extending  just  below  the  line  ;  3d  position,  majority  of  the  stroke 
below  the  line. 

(a)  La  may  curve  deeper  when  following  initial  vowel  :  /•    later  ; 
f        elder. 


G4  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


PENMANSHIP. 

Too  much  stress  cannot  be  placed  on  the  importance  of 
good  phonographic  penmanship.  With  the  introduction  of 
double  lengths  the  student  now  has  three  different  lengths  to  con- 
sider, besides  two  sizes  of  circles,  loops,  and  hooks.  Many  stu- 
dents of  shorthand  make  a  fatal  error  in  supposing  speed  can  be 
gained  by  neglecting  good  writing.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  it  is  not 
difficult  to  make  good  distinctions  in  lengths,  even  at  a  high  rate 
of  speed,  if  the  pupil  will  spend  but  a  few  hours  in  diligently 
practicing  the  alphabet  with  that  end  in  view.  Not  only  should 
variations  in  lengths  be  clear,  but  the  size  of  the  notes  should  be 
gauged  by  those  in  the  book. 

Take  the  first  line  of  the  following  plate  and  practice  it  with  a 
free,  flowing  movement  until  it  can  be  written  readily  as  ordinary 
figures  can  be  written,  and  you  will  be  surprised  to  find  how  easily 
legible  outlines  can  be  written  in  future  work. 

Study  in  this  connection  the  chapter  on  "  Penmanship."  Short- 
hand must  be  learned  thoroughly,  it  is  true,  but  it  must  also  be 
written  accurately  if  the  student  ever  expects  to  get  any  very 
valuable  use  from  it. 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMANIC. 

EXAMPLES  OF  LENGTHENING; 

Key  to  line  1:    mate,  may,  motor;  fate,  fay,  feather;  neat,  nay,  nitre. 

ISC                      I 
^—^•^-      I     '  "<s\ S~r''" 


G5 


Mb      I    • 
_U — s 


JO 


/2 


contrasted 


159 


M  , 


162, 


222 


).  rl  j* 


"  '_VC.1A 


f-        T* 


Ux       S 


\f 

"     \- 

if  ^  V 


/•  ^  T 

.„/  ..!z^c^\X. 


*  veteran  160 


66 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

Str. 


166.  Str  is  represented  at  the  end  of  words  by  a  large  loop. 

167.  When  a  final  vowel  follows  Str,  the  stroke  T  with  circle 
and  R  hook  is  employed. 

168.  (a)  When  Str  follows  initial  vowel  or  a  hook  on  curves, 
the  lengthened  S  must  be  used  ;   (b)  the  N  hook  on  straight 
strokes  may  be  extended  into  a  large  loop  to  add  Str  by  the  omis- 
sion of  a  vowel. 


pastor 
pastry 

vaster 
vestry 

castor 
extra 

muster 
mystery 

.-^T^i... 

*Asterisk.       f  Ancestor. 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC. 


67 


LER  AND  EEL 

169.  Enlarging  the  R  hook  adds  L.     Enlarging  the  L  hook 
adds  R. 

170.  A  final  vowel  can  not  follow  a  large  hook;  in  such  cases 
use  the  stroke  R  or  L.  The  enlarged  hooks  are  called  Ler  and  Eel. 


?    -v 

w       o    .^5  ^s-^  M  "W)  W) 

c™ 

Q^ 

*    *         >     ?          |     W      -S  3          §       S 

tri      t~i 
wm     mr    mrl        wn  nr    nrl 

Key:  broil,  April,  trial,  growl,  girl,  prowl,  brawl,  trail,  scholar, 
secular. 

A 

J 

T.       g.<^          1          d. 


J,  moral;  2,  immoral;  3,  nearly. 


68 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 


RULES  FOR  EMP. 

171.  When  L  or  R  follows  the  sound  EMP,  with  a  vowel  be- 
tween, write  the  word  by  adding  the  stroke  La  or  R  to  EMP. 

172.  If  the  consonant  L  or  R  coalesces  with  the  sound  Mp,  ex- 
press the  M  by  a  simple  stroke,  and  P  or  B  by  a  stroke  with  an  L 
or  R  hook. 

(For  Nomenclature,  see  p.  231.) 

MP. 


is  is  the  first  book  giving  definite  rules  for  Emp. 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


69 


SHON  AND  TTV. 

173.  A  large  hook  at  the  end  of  all  curves  and  on  the  F  hook 
side  of  all  straight  strokes  adds  the  sound  Shon. 

174.  Tiv  is  represented  by  a  large  hook  on  the  JVhook  side  of 
straight  strokes  (b),  but  on  curved  strokes  Tiv  must  be  expressed 
by  the  Tand  .Fhook  (or  Tef.) 

175.  When  two  vowels  precede  the  sound  shon,  use  Shen  (Ish, 
N  hook). 

Usually  Shen  or  Ishen,  instead  of  the  Shon  hook,  is  used  on 
derivatives  when  the  form  for  the  primitive  can  thus  be  retained. 
(For  nomenclature  see  page  232.) 


\,\,    II    6  t 


,rV_~,— A4^v 


70  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

BACK  HOOKS. 

176.  The  sound  Eshon  usually  occurs  after  the   sound  S,  and 
is  represented  by  a  small  final  back  hook  at  the  end  of  the  word. 

177.  Eshon  may  be  followed   by  final  S  circle  by  -writing  it 
within  the  Eshon  hook.     178.  Eshon  may  follow  N  or  F  hook. 

179.    Eshon  may  occasionally  be  written  in  the  middle  of  a 
word.     180.  Eshon  may  follow  N  hook  and  circle.    (Transitional.) 

181.     In,  En  or  Un  preceding  Iss-L  or  Iss-R  at  the  beginning  of 
a  word  may  be  expressed  by  a  back  hook  at  the  beginning. 

Key  to  line  1:  pos-eshon  (possession);  abs-eshon  (abscession),  indes- 
eshon  (indecision),  kSs-eshon  (causation),  aks-eshon  (accession),  akus- 
eshon  (accusation),  ins-eshon  (incision),  mus-eshon  (musician).  Line  2. 
Dot,  "  Com  "-Pens-eshon  (compensation). 


?  ^JL          >     j        v  \x. 

J.       ..i    Ji O- v .CL--5J 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  71 

181 


PREFIXES. 

182.  The  syllables  Con,  Cog,  Com,  are  expressed  by  a  light  dot 
at  the  beginning  of  the  stroke  ;  (b)  they  may  also  be  expressed  by 
omission  and  proximity  of   the  remaining  parts  of   the  word  or 
phrase  ; 

183.  Recon  by  disjoined  Ra,  and  irrecon  by  disjoined  R  ; 

184.  And-con,  and-com  are  expressed  by  writing  a  small  dash 
at  the  beginning  at   right  angles  to  the  stroke.     If  the  word 
"the"  is  used  instead  of  "and,"  the  dash  should  be  struck  ob- 
liquely ;   accom,  by  a  heavy  dot  at  the  beginning  (accompany, 
accomplish,  line  2)  ;  I-com,  by  a  dash  in  the  direction  of  T. 

(Occasionally  the  prefix  is  omitted  and  the  contingent  outlines 
joined  together.) 


SEE   KEY,   PAGE  151. 


.  LIU 


: i .S. 

'  Sentences          _._        , 


- 


72  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 

PREFIXES— CONTINUED. 

185.  Contra,  Contro,  Contri,  Counter,  by  a  small  dash  written 
at  the  beginning,  opposite  the  end  of  the  stroke,  and  at  a  right 
angle  to  the  stroke : 

186.  For  and  Fore,  by  F  joined  or  disjoined.     (See  194.) 

187.  Intro,  Inter,  Enter,  Anti,  Ante,  by  Net  joined  or  dis- 
joined, usually  joined: 

188.  Magna,  Magne,  Magni,  by  disjoined  M : 

189.  Unrecon  by  Ner: 

190.  With  by  TH :  Self,  Circum,  by  Iss  on  the  side  of  the  stroke. 

191.  All  and  will,  ou  the  Oids,  and  a  few  strokes  by  L  hook: 
See  page  151 . 


Self  is  frequently  joined.     The  first  and  fourth  words  in  line 
6  being  selfish. 


GRAHAM  AND   PITJUANIC.  73 

AFFIXES. 

192.  Ble  may  be  indicated  by  stroke  B,  joined  or  disjoined  ;  it 
may  be  made  a  little  heavier  than  common  to  distinguish  from  or- 
dinary B.  193.  Fullness,  Bleness,  Someness,  by  Iss  disjoined  at 
(he  end. 

194.  Full  or  fully,  by  F  hook  or  stroke  ; 

195.  Ever,  by  the  F  hook  or  V  stroke  ; 

196.  One,  own,  on  normal  lengths,  and  not  on  half  lengths,  by 
the  N  hook; 

197.  Session,  by  eshon  ; 

198.  Their,  there  or  the)/  are  by  a  heavy  tick  on  such  words,  the 
nature  of  which  will  not  allow  lengthening; 

199.  Ing-thr,  by  a  heavy,  disjoined,  short  dash  at  the  end. 

200.  Liness,  by  intersected  Las.     See  Key.  page  143. 


r      J._ 

J        Vi                           -^ 

..Z-.C..J 

t       s< 

'97        .,           x^       / 

n          V^>*         1     J           1 

—  a 

V 

P  /f<r     (               ^ 

.       ^v 

74  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

201.  fihipbylsh. 

202.  Ing-ike,  maybe  expressed  by  a  ligbt  dash  written  obliquely, 
and  (b)ing  a  by  writing  the  dash  at  right  angles  to  the  stroke,  at  the 
end.  Ing,  light  dot  at  the  end ;  Ings,  heavy  dot. 

203.  It,  by  halving,  but  this  expression  should  be  confined  to 
memorized  phrases. 

204.  Other,  Their,  They  are,  by  lengthening. 

205.  Lessuess  by  disjoined  large  circle. 

206.  Ment,  Mental,  Mentally,  by  disjoined  Ment;  sometimes  it 
may  be  joined. 

207.  Ology,  Alogy,  joined  or  disjoined  J. 

208.  Soever,  by  Iss-V,  or  Iss  disjoined. 

209.  Ordinary  sign-words  and  abbreviations  may  be  used  as 
Prefixes  and  Affixes. 

(SEE  KEY.) 

> 


/o   _p    x     •  *q     \      •  < 

.  ......    J  .............   Ij  .....  ---------    ...  ----  j 


....^..Av..x.r^....x...^  ......  t. 


*  structure,  2*7. 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC.  IO 


T  °   •    ^     jf  x        L 

••)• - ' -^-\ 


Of 


PUNCTUATION  MARKS,  FIGURES,  DENOMINATE 
NUMBERS,  ETC. 

21  0.  a.  All  names  of  Saxon  origin  such  as  Smith,  Jones,  White, 
Wheeler,  etc.,  which  are  spelled  quite  phonetically,  should  be  writ- 
ten in  shorthand,  as  Avell  as  all  initials.  AH  names  of  frequent 
occurrence  should  be  written  in  shorthand,  or  some  short  method 
devised  for  the  same  by  the  writer. 

b.  Quotation  marks:    "  ";  Asterisk,*;  parenthesis,  ();  proper 
name,  underscore;  period,  long  diagonal  stroke;  comma,  half  inch 
space;  semicolon,  one  inch  space;  dash,  x. 

c.  Dollars  and  cents  should  be  written  by  writing  the  cents  in 
smyll  figures,  like  an  exponent  in  Evolution,  without  a  decimal. 
Denominate  numbers  may  be  expressed  by  writing  the  next  lower 
denomination  a  little  lower  than  the  first,  and  so  on. 

d.  Fractions,  written  to  a  whole  number,  with  unit  numera- 
tor, may  be  written  by  writing  the  denominator  the  same  as  we 
write  cents  to  dollars  and  omitting  the  numerator  —  2610=$26.10; 
5-.?,=5  yds,  2  ft,  3  in.  ;  159=lo^. 

e.  In  writing  proper  names  in  shorthand  an  occasional  small 
letter,  may  be  used  to  indicate  a  departure  from  the  usual  spelling. 

f,  ALPHABET  FOR  INITIALS. 
A    B      C    D    re    F       G         II    I        J    K      T,      M 


NOPCiliSTUVWX        Y2? 


T6  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  all  heavy  strokes  are  through  the  line 
and  all  light  strokes  above  the  line;  thus,  in  case  of  failure  to 
shade,  the  position  surely  indicates  the  letter.  It  will  be  also  ob- 
served that  letters  which  would  conflict  or  otherwise  be  similar 
have  been  denoted  by  different  signs  altogether. 

i.     Contrasts  by  position  and  shade. 

PB  TDFV         KG  CZ 


c^  .) 

W    B  SO 

Contrasts  by  dissimilarity. 

j.  A  paragraph  in  shorthand  should  always  be  denoted  by 
dropping  down  a  line.  The  space  thus  made  on  the  shorthand 
page  enables  the  eye  to  read  more  readily,  and  it  is  quicker  than 
the  old  notion  of  trying  to  indicate  a  paragraph  by  some  sort  of  a 
scratch. 

k.     It  is  necessary  to  indicate  commas  and  semicolons  by  spaces. 


POSITIVE  AND  NEGATIVE  WOKDS. 
Initial  vowel  indicated  by  position. 

In  many  cases,  the  only  difference  between  two  words  of  positive 
and  negative  meanings,  is  an  initial  vowel,  the  outline  and  the 
position  according  to  the  accented  vowel,  being  the  same.  In  such 
cases  the  initial  vowel  may  be  implied  by  writing  the  word  above 
the  line,  and  the  initial  consonant,  which  in  this  case  is  usually 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  77 

the  positive  word,  may  be  written  on  the  line.     Vowels  may  then 
be  omitted  with  no  confusion  as  to  reading. 


(SEE  KEY.) 


f-^-' 


*Derivative  word  sign. 

OMISSION  OF  VOWELS. 

211.  (a)  Omit  vowels  when  the  outline  itself  pronounces  the 
word  or  nearly  so  with  only  a  shade  of  variation  in  a  single  vowel ; 
(b)  also  words  of  one  syllable  when  first  and  last  letters  are  con- 
sonants;— 

212.  When  the  name  of  the  outline  expresses  vowels  and  con- 
sonants in  the  same  order  as  they  are  in  the  word  which  it 
represents; — 

213.  When  the  word  has  been  repeated  in  the  same  article; 
(b)  or  is  familiar  from  previous  use. 

214.  If  the  outline  is  obscure,  or  unfamiliar,  write  the  diph- 
thong, if  any,  or  one  vowel  and  that  the  accented  one. 

215.  Always  write  the  initial  or  final  vowel  unless  said  vowel 
is  indicated  by  the  form  of  the  stroke,  except  as  in  213. 


78 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 


216.  All  unfamiliar  words  should  be  vocalized  with  at  least  one 
vowel,  except  as  stated  in  211.  For  further  exposition  of  unvocal- 
ized  outlines  see  page  118. 

SEE  KEY. 


...^   ' ^ \ /....._. 

sirvc^i&jcidi^rt-tS  ^r       if 


OMISSION  OF  CONSONANTS. 


217.  K  is  usually  omitted  in  words  beginning  with  a  vowel 
followed  by  the  sound  Ks  (or  X).  It  is  also  frequently  omitted  in 
the  middle  of  a  word. 

213.  N  is  usually  omitted  preceding  Iss  in  the  middle  of  a 
word. 

219.  R  is  frequently  omitted  when  occurring  in  an  angle  where 
otherwise  an  li  hook  would  occur,  and  followed  by  Iss. 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMANIC. 


79 


220.  P  is  omitted  on  halved  M,  or  on  M  immediately  followed 
by  T  ;  K  is  omitted  following  Ing. 

221.  T  is  nearly  always  omitted  when  the  St  loop  can  be  more 
conveniently  made  into  a  circle  in  an  angle;  i.  e.,  T  following  S 
may  be  omitted  with  safety. 

Prefix  syllable  ek  to  the  outlines  in  the  first  line  below  and  they 
become  legible  words. 


#....*. 


•     ex      \     q          2/3      ^ 
/»    ........  d  ...........  U-v....x-Jr^p  ........  ..../r:...x\.. 


\x  ?      «  ^    °     V 

y..>a..v..;O>:-=,  ..........  x|  .fc  .....  !. 


80  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

OMISSION  OF  WORDS  AND  SYLLABLES. 

222.  Of  the  is  always  omitted,  when  in  the  middle  of  the  sen- 
tence, and  implied  by  proximity;  i.  e.,  by  writing  the  remaining 
parts  of  the  sentence  as  nearly  together  as  practicable,  sometimes 
joining  them. 

223.  Of  is  omitted  when  occurring  in  the  phrase  of  a,  a  being 
joined  to  the  following  word  and  of  being  indicated  by  proximity 
Of  and.  have  are  sometimes  omitted  in  familiar  phrases. 

224.  To  may  sometimes  be  omitted  when  followed  by  the  infin- 
itive which  can  be  joined  to  the  word  just  preceding  to.     (b)  To 
is  omitted  by  the  use  of  the  4th  position,  or  writing  the  word  just 
under  the  line,  or,  if  an  up  stroke,  its  circle  or  hook  just  under 
the  line,  touching  it.    To  may  be  indicated  by  halving,  occasionally. 
Do  not  use  the  4th  position  for  a  word  which  can  not  begin  exactly 
under  the  line,  except  M  or  Mp. 

225.  A,  and,  the,  have,  in,  or,  on,  the,  ing,  may  be  omitted  in  a 
few  arbitrary  cases.    Have  is  sometimes  expressed  by  F  hook  ; 

226.  To  and  with  when  they  must  be  supplied  to  make  sense. 
226f.  Ing  may  be  omitted  and  the  contingent  words  joined. 


.222, 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  81 


227.     AMANUENSIS'  LIST  OF  ABBREVIATIONS,  SIGNS, 
AND  OUTLINES. 

METHOD  OF  STUDY. 

First.  Learn  to  read  by  lines,  which  is  the  easier  way  owing  to 
the  grouping  of  the  words  by  1st,  2d  and  3d  positions. 

Second.  When  the  list  can  be  read  rapidly  by  lines  then  practice 
reading  by  columns,  until  they  can  be  read  as  rapidly  as  by  lines. 

The  student  will  find  that  the  reading  of  lists  rapidly  by 
columns  is  the  test  of  his  knowledge.  It  is  quite  easy  to  say  is, 
as,  house,  etc.,  since  the  first  word  rather  suggests  the  other  two, 
but  in  reading  by  columns  the  sing-song  method  is  broken. 

The  list  may  also  be  read  and  written  from  right  to  left  and 
from  the  bottom  of  the  column  upward  and  diagonally.  In  learn- 
ing the  lists,  it  is  a  good  method  to  first  read  a  line  by  the  aid  of 
the  key,  pronouncing  each  character  and  the  word  it  represents; 
repeat  the  process  several  times  until  it  can  be  read  rapidly,  and 
then  copy  the  line  till  it  can  be  written  as  rapidly  as  ordinary 
figures  would  be  written  from  1  to  10.  Repeat  the  process  with  the 
next  line,  and  sa  on,  making  sure  that  first  lines  are  not  forgotten 
while  the  balance  is  being  learned. 

The  following  forms  consist  of  three  classes:  Abbreviations, 
word  signs  and  special  outlines.  Abbreviations  are,  as  the  name 


82 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


implies,  simply  contracted  forms.  Word  signs  are  arbitrary  signs 
not  based  on  the  ordinary  alphabet,  which  stand  for  words.  The 
Oids  are  word  -signs.  Special  outlines  are  of  two  kinds:  Regular 
outlines  which  are  written  out  of  their  natural  position  that  they 
may  not  conflict  with  other  words  expressed  by  the  same  outline, 
or  the  best  choice  of  outlines  when  a  word  may  be  written  more 
than  one  way. 

As  a  matter  of  convenience  all  of  these  forms  are  frequently 
designated  as  word -signs. 

An  outline  proper  is  simply  an  unvocalized  word. 

KEY  TO  LIST  ONE. 

Several  syllables  set  oif  by  a  hyphen  indicate  that  the  word 
and  its  derivatives  have  one  sign.    Thus,  Furnish-ed-ture  are  three 
words;  the  primary  and  its  derivatives  all  expressed  by  one  sign. 
LIXE  1.  LINE  2. 


1.  possible 

2.  up 

3.  party,  hope,  happy, 
patent-ed 

4.  it 

6.  at,  out,  took 

6.  dollar 

7.  do 

8.  had,  advertise-d 

9.  which,  change 
10.  much,  charge 


LINE  3. 


1.  in,  any 

2.  own 

3  think 

4.  thank-ed 

5.  waa 

6.  use 

7.  them 

8.  though 

9.  will-ing 
JO,  whole 


1.  advantage 

2.  large 

3.  be,  object 

4.  to  be 

5.  common 

6.  come,  country 

7.  give 

8.  together 

9.  recollect 
10.  for,  fact 

LINK  4. 

1.  wish 

2.  shall 

3.  issue 

4.  ever 

5.  have 

6.  however 

7.  your 

8.  thing,  English 

9.  language 

JO.  along,  long,  length 


&RAHAM   AND    PITMANIC. 


83 


LINK  5. 

1.  important-ance 

2.  may  be 
improve-d-ment 

3.  time,  my 

4.  him,  am 

5.  home 

6.  usual-ly 

7.  away 

8.  here,  hear,  her 

9.  are 

10.  peculiar 

LINK  7. 

1.  mechanic-ical 

2.  become 

3.  manage-d 

4.  mauufacture-r-ed 

5.  nothing 

6.  especial-ly 

7.  essential-ly 

8.  familiar-ity-ly 

9.  knowledge 
10.  acknowledge 

LINE  9. 

1.  if  it,  feature 

2.  after 

3.  future 

4.  of  it 

5.  evident-ence 

6.  have  had-it 

7.  is  it 

8.  hesitate,  as  it,  has  it 

9.  used 
10.  nature. 


LINE  6. 

1.  represent-ed 

2.  power 

3.  arrange-d 

4.  regular-ity-ly 

5.  irregular-ity-ly 

6.  for  the  purpose 

7.  capacity 

8.  from  time  to  time 

9.  memorandum 
10.  capable-ility-y 

LINE  8. 

1.  average 

2.  inferior-ity 

3.  notwithstanding 

4.  nevertheless 

5.  now 

6.  new 

7.  I 

8.  quite 

9.  it  would 
10.  market-ed 

LINE  10. 

•  1.  that 

2.  without 

3.  they  had,  they  would 

4.  immediate-ly 

5.  under 

6.  heard 

7.  held,  world 

8.  ordinary,  Lord,  read 

9.  astonish-ed-ment 
10.  establish-ed-meut 


84 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


LIST  1 — Embracing  all  simple  strokes,  halved  and  joined. 


Remarks:  PI  for  posstWe  does  not  conflict  with  anything  as  there  is  no 
other  abbreviation,  and  but  two  or  three  outlines  that  could  be  made  out  of 
it.  P-Iss,  the  character  usually  employed,  may  be  employed  in  phrases. 

Power,  while  a  full  outline,  is  here  given  as  a  special  form  to  discrimi- 
nate between  it  and  pure  and  poor,  also  as  a  form  on  which  its  derivatives 
can  be  built. 

Quite  and  it  would  may  be  fully  vocalized  from  the  outlines  given;  Quite 
by  vri,  and  Tet,  I  and  woo. 


GRAHAM    AND    PITMANIC. 


85 


LIST  2— EMBRACING  W,  N  AND  F  HOOKS. 

IS  54  567  8         9        10 


Caused  is  here  given  to  distinguish  it  from  cost,  it  being  the  only 
word  ending  in  a  loop  sound  in  which  the  loop  is  not  used. 

Great  care  should  be  taken  not  to  confuse  except  and  accept. 

Support  and  separate  are  outlines  used  for  discrimination. 

Settlement  is  given  this  form  because  Iss-Tel-Ment,  in  rapid 
work  may  be  confused  "with  statement.  Many  amanuenses  haveen- 
dorsed  the  author  in  making  this  point  of  difference.  We  are  in 
receipt,  seems  to  answer  a  special  demand  for  something  short  for 
this  ever  recurring  commercial  phrase. 

Next  week  and  in  stock  are  written  in  accordance  with  217  and 
221. 


86 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


<  3-f 

'     \1- 


LIST  3. 

U         5         6         7        8         9         10 

-..LiHlUU-. 
^.yd.^.!l\E 


X  ^\  ;    v  :  ^x  ;     9 :    r 

, 1 1 -.I...  -?X- — i- <- --£_;.  __ 


/Slert  is  quite  suggestive  of  certain.  Near,  nor,  set  off,  each  can  be 
vocalized  so  as  to  fully  express  the  word;  they  are  introduced  here 
as  outlines  of  common  words  which  would  not  readily  be  impro- 
vised. Return  is  based  wholly  on  first  principles;  Eatern  or 
lengthened  Ba,  vocalized  makes  Betcrn,  literally,  which  is  far  more 
logical  than  many  other  abbreviated  forms.  Circular  may  be  con- 
sidered as  circle  with  the  K  sound  omitted.  Day  or  two  may  be 
considered  as  dayort  with  the  vowel  55  omitted. 

Appropriate  and  preparatory  should  be  compared  and  their  outlines 
clearly  distinguished. 


OttAttAM  AND    PITMAN1C.  87 

SENTENCES  COMPOSED  OF  ABBREVIATIONS,  PHRASES  AND 
WORD-SIGNS  IN  LIST  ONE. 

1.  Our  advantage  was  in  no  way  important,  I  think. 

2.  It  is  possible  that  she  may  go  to  her  home. 

3.  If  they  will  give  the  dollar  together,  I  will  thank  them. 

4.  Your  language  may  be  an  improvement  oil  hers  but  it  is 
commou  to  us. 

5.  Our  whole  time  and  knowledge  are  essential  to  make  the 
change. 

6.  The  average   manufacturer  knows  nothing  about  the  new 
arrangements. 

7.  Knowledge  will  be  established  in  the  home  in  the  future,  I 
am  happy  to  say. 

8.  If  ~JL  recollect,  the  language  was  too  peculiar  for  us,  notwith- 
standing it  was  an  improvement. 

9.  It  would  not  astonish  me  if  yon  had  to  give  evidence  imme- 
diately. 

10.  They  acknowledge  the  mechanic  should  represent  his  own 
affairs,  especially  if  he  has  the  capacity. 

11.  Though  the  regular  route  may  be  inferior  to  the  new,  it 
may  do  for  the  purpose  which  you  have  for  it. 

KEY  TO  LIST  2. 

LINE  1.  LINK  2. 

1.  is,  his  1.  itself 

2.  as,  has  2.  because 

3.  house  3.  signify-ied 

4.  speak,  superior  4.  suggest-ed 

5.  expect-ed  5.  purpose 

6.  special-ly  6.  business 

7.  subordinate-d  7.  extinguish 

8.  subject  8.  cost 

9.  is  to  be  9.  caused 
10.  satisfy-actory  10.  first 


SYNTHETIC   SHORTHAND    METHOD. 


LINE  3. 

1.  subscribe 

2.  in  stock 

3.  next  week 

4.  suspicious 

5.  suspect-ed 

6.  whether 

7.  support 

8.  separate 

9.  except-ed 
10.  accepted-ed 

LINE  5. 

1.  visible 

2.  previous 

3.  yours-self 

4.  something 

5.  enthusiasm 

6.  remittance 

7.  always 

8.  with  me 

9.  with  him,  we  may 
10.  manifest-ed 


LINK  4. 

1.  impossible-ility 

2.  whatsoever 

3.  settlement 

4.  influence 

5.  similar 

6.  several 

7.  somebody,  example 

8.  single-d 

9.  this 
10.  those 

LINE  6. 

1.  when 

2.  one 

3.  we  will,  while 

4.  we  are  in  receipt 

5.  we  are 

6.  where 

7.  aware 

8.  require 

9.  inquire,  anywhere 
10.  privilege. 


GRAHAM   AND    PITMANIC. 


80 


LINE  7. 

1.  for  ward  -ert 

2.  afterward 

3.  before 

4.  differ-ed-ence 

5.  advance-ed 

6.  whatever 

7.  out  of 

8.  whichever 

9.  govern-ment 
10.  general 

LINK  9. 

1.  substantial-ly 

2.  understood 

3.  understand 

4.  men 

5.  man. 

6.  on  either  hand 

7.  on  the  other  hand 

8.  on  the  one  hand 

9.  may  not,  am  not 
10.  in  order 


LINK  8, 

1.  between 

2.  hope  to  have 

3.  begin,  organ 

4.  begun 

5.  began 

6.  within 

7.  opinion 

8.  announce-ment 

9.  at  all,  until 
10.  have  been 

LINK  10. 

1.  superintend-ent-ed-ence 

2.  will  not 

3.  did  not 

4.  do  not 

5.  had  not 

6.  gentlemen 

7.  gentleman 

8.  intelligent 

9.  behind 

10.  throughout 


90 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 


KEY  TO  LIST  3. 


LINE  1. 


LINK  2. 


1.  certain-ly 

2.  near,  nor 

3.  manner 

4.  somewhat 

5.  sometime 

0.  belong 

7.  set  off 

8.  set  forth 

9.  difficult-y 
10.  calculate-d 

LINE  3. 

1.  in  all 

2.  only 

3.  annual 

4.  unless 

5.  no  less 

6.  realise 

7.  real  estate 

8.  proper-ty 

9.  principal-pie 
10.  practice 

LINE  c.. 

1.  correct-ed 

2.  accuracy 

3.  toward 

4.  day  or  two 

5.  particular-ly 

6.  opportunity,  pretty 

7.  part 

8.  describe 

9.  extreme 
10.  danger. 


1.  skillful-ly 

2.  depend-erit-ence 

3.  return 

4.  told 

5.  until  it 

6.  equalled,  called,  we  could 

7.  circular 

8.  railroad 

9.  million 
10.  family. 

LINE  4. 

1.  liberty 

2.  remember,  member 

3.  number-ed 

4.  express 

5.  surprise 

6.  suppress 
"7.  at  our 

8.  doctoi 

9.  dear 

10.  during,  dark 

LINE  6. 

1.  strange,  external 

2.  spirit 

3.  exaggerate-d 

4.  appropriate-d 

5.  passenger 

6.  extraordinary 

7.  perfect 

8.  proof,  prove 

9.  approve 
10.  careful-ly 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


91 


LINE  7. 

1.  practical-ly 

2.  prepared  atory 

3.  further 

4.  appears 

5.  over 

6.  every,  very 

7.  favor-ed 

8.  from 

9.  sure 
10.  assure 

LINE  9. 

1.  manuscript 

2.  therefore 

3.  perfection 

4.  operation 

5.  oppression 

6.  according-ly-to 

7.  information 

8.  direction 

9.  investigation 
10.  virtue 


LINE  8. 

1.  pleasure 

2.  measure 

3.  Mr.,  remark 

4.  more 

5.  other 

6.  they  are,  there,  their 

7.  frequency 

8.  furnish-ed-ture 

9.  for  our  own 
10.  indispensable 

LINE  10. 

1.  indiscriminate 

2.  experience 

3.  February,  F.  O.  B. 

4.  March 

5.  April 

6.  August 

7.  September 

8.  November 

9.  December 
10.  January. 


92  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND    METHOD. 

LIST  4— Oids. 

Oid  means  "like;"  thus,  sphere-oid  means  sphere-like,  or  like  a 
sphere;  and  Petoid  means  like  Pet,  the  only  difference  being  that 
Petoid  is  a  quarter  length,  while  Pet  is  a  half  length. 

For  Nomenclature  see  p.  234. 

Iss  adds  us,  his,  is,  as,  or  has,  whichever  makes  the  best  sense  in 
the  sentence  in  which  it  is  used. 

L  hook  adds  will  or  all.     (Not  used  on  how. ) 

R  hook  adds  are,  or  or  our. 

N  Hook  added  to  Petoid  stands  for  what;  Tetoid,  not;  or,  own. 

A  tick  struck  at  a  sharp  angle  adds  the.  The  the  tick  is  struck 
downward  on  all  and  on.  The  tick  struck  in  the  direction  of  T 
or  K  adds  a,  an,  and. 

A  double  shaded  tick  adds  thr. 

F  hook  adds  have,  of  or  if. 

In  the  key  all  the  words  which  may  be  added  by  one  modifica- 
tion are  placed  opposite  the  word  to  which  they  are  joined. 


1 
\ 

2 
1 

3 
/ 

4 
-_\. 

5 
1 

6 
/  , 

7 

8 

9 

10 

1 

b 

6 

...b.. 

-6-- 

o 

P 

* 

^ 

p 

s> 

...  p. 

0 

p 

* 

r 

f 

L         S». 

r 

/> 

\ 

•r 

/o 
/-- 

s- 

N 

0 

|_      *\ 

n 

V 

x, 

J 

f  . 

> 

V 

* 

{,' 

^ 

L 

-i 

u 

' 

- 

1 

n 

-.7.  . 

-] 

^ 

1 

-7 

4 

— 

GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


In  line  9,  word  1, 

udL 

of  is  indicated  by  F  hook 

affixed  to  dash 

KEY  TO  LIST  4. 

LINE  1. 

1.  of 

4.  to 

7.  to  the 

2.  or 

5.  but 

8.  to  a 

3.  on 

6.  should,  ho 

9.  how 

10.  I 

LINE  2. 

Chi* 

(us 

1.  of  4 

(us 

3.  on-* 
(his 

is 
his 

is 

(us 

5.  but     ag 

his 

4.  to  {., 

(his 

has 

2.  or     as 

has 
us 

,  (his 
6.  should^ 
(as 

fhis 
9.  howX, 
(has 

LINE  3. 

,    isl  t 
1.       Vof 

as) 

4.       >to 
as) 

7.  as  to  the 
8.  as  to  a 

2.  his  or 

5.  is  but 

9.  as  how 

,    is) 
3.       >on 
as) 

6.  as  should 

10.  as  I 

LINE  4. 

1.  of  all 

4.  to  all 

6.  should  all 

fall 
2.  or  4     ... 
(will 

5.  lmt{BlL 
(will 

9.  how  will 
10.  I  will 

3.  on  all 

94 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


1.  of  our 
(our 


2.  or 


(are 


LINE  5. 

3.  on  our 

4.  to  our 


5.  but 


LINE  6. 

1.  of  what  4.  to  what 

2.  or  not  5.  but  not 

*Hook  not  so  convenient  in  this  case. 


6.  should  our 
9.  how  are 


*6.  should  not 


LINE  7. 


LINE  8. 


1.  of 

2.  or 

3.  on 

4.  to 

5.  hut 

6.  should 
9.  how 

LINE  9. 

of 

or 

on 

to 

but 

should 

to  the 

to  a 

how 

I 


the 


1.  of 

2.  or 

3.  on 

4.  to 

5.  but 

6.  should 
9.  how 


LINE  10. 


a-an-and 


LINE  11. 


and 


(there 

rif 

'  °n|  their 

2.  or 

of 

(their 
\there 

4.  tol 

have 
tave 

5.  but 

there 
their 

5.  butj'f 
(have 

they  are 

6.  should  have 

6.  should  thr 


10.  I  have. 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


95 


LIST  5,  OIDS. 

The  rules  for  modifying  the  light  Oids  apply  in  general  to  tin 
shaded  ones. 

1  2  3        4  5  6         7  9        10 


f 
/ 

f 


\  • 

i   : 

/  : 

\        \ 

f 

1 

v> 

b 

<5 

h 

i 

._.- 

>o 

6 

* 

P 

/° 

p 

—  i 

f 

i 

* 

l 

/ 

f 

V 

-  --i 
i 

t 

f 

* 

i  — 

6 

<- 

n 

-7 

.1- 

..7.. 

.._.. 

--- 

~T 

*l 

L 

*- 

1 

/ 

> 

:  u 

l^ 

> 

• 

< 

> 

<   . 

OG 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND    METHOD. 


5. 


LINE  1. 
1.  all 

2     [already 
(awe 

3.  ought 

4.  too 
[oh 
(owe 

6.  who-m 

7.  about 

9.  to  whom. 
10.  he 

LINE  2. 

1.  all/1118 

(is 

fi. 

2.  already  -{his 


KEY  TO  LIST  5. 


1.  as  all 


I 
I 

3.  ought  his 
owes 
owe  us 
owe  his 


6.  who 


has 


LINE  3. 


*'  has}already 
3.  as  ought 

6.  as  who 

7.  has  about 
9.  as  to  whom 

as 


10-  has^e 


LINE  4. 


1.  all 


fare 

2.  already  •< 

3  (our 

3.  ought  our 

6.  who  are 

7.  about  our 

9.  to  whom  are 


1.  all 


LINE  5. 

l|°f 
1 1 have 

2    [already  have 

'  (awful 
3.  ought  to  have 

[have 
6.  who  4 

(ever 

9.  to  whom  have 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


97 


LINK  6. 

1.  and  all 

and 

'  already  2 
ought  3 
oh,  owe  5 
whom  6 

about  7 

LINE  7. 

1.  all. 

2.  already 

3.  ought 

5.  owe 

6.  whom 

7.  about 

9.  to  whom 


a,  an  or  arid 


the 


LINE  8. 

1.  all 

2.  already 

3.  ought 

5.  owe 

6.  whom 

7.  about 

9.  to  whom 

LINE  9. 
1.  all  there 
3.  ought  there 
6.  who-m  their 
9.  to  whom  thr 

LINE  10 
1.  all  ours 
3.  ought  ours 
6.  who  are  his 


98 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


LIST  6. 

1st.    Enlarging  a  brief  We  or  Ye  sign  adds  a  brief  We  sign. 

2d.  When  enlarging  a  brief  We  sign  to  add  a  brief  Ye  sign,  it 
is  necessary  to  turn  the  brief  sign  so  that  it  opens  toward  the 
corner  of  the  page. 

3d.  The  tJir  tick  is  not  used  on  Iss,  the  sound  thr  is  therefore 
added  to  is  by  lengthening  .£  stroke. 

1        2       3         It  6  678  9         10 


C 

C 

D 

~) 

n 

n 

U 

(  ; 

C 

(s 

^t 

n 

u 

_-e__ 

s 

» 

a 

« 

e 

e__ 

& 

^ 

a 

-<»  .- 

w_ 

e 

0 

-f. 

-c 

f1 

i-D 

_A 

-rt._ 

-\j 

~v  __ 

-c 

_0 

*« 

.<;  -. 

3_ 

-  i_    . 

r>_ 

\f- 

^J— 

s 

5 

c 

"X 

rv 

n/ 

1A 

9 

/a 

7 

r 

•* 

-5- 

y 

V 

_rv 

.-y._ 

7 

y=» 

•}' 

i 

-l-r 

<s 

-  S- 

—v\. 

^ 

J 

GRAHAM  AXD    PITMANIC. 


99 


KEY  TO  LIST  6. 


LINE  1. 

1.  we 

2.  were 

3.  what 

4.  would 

5.  beyond 

6.  you 

7.  year,  ye 

8.  yet 

9.  with 


10. 


his 


1.  we 


LINK  2. 
(were 
(would 

(we 

2.  weres     ,    , 

(what 

we 

3.  what     were 

would 

4.  would  < 

(were 

you 
what 

(were 
^        ,, 
(would 

7.  ye  would 
we 
were 
what' 

would 

you 
with 
9.  with  what 


, 
5.  beyond  - 


6. 


a 


LINE  3. 

(beyond 

2.  were^ 

(you 

3.  what{y°U 

(yet 

4.  would{y°U 

(yet 

9.  with  you. 


B.  0.  BAK! 

LAWY^F 
DALLAS,  TE 


LINE  4. 


2.  were 


IB 

his  \  house 
I  has 


100       SYNTHETIC,  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

LINE  5. 

1.  as  we 

2.  as  were 

3.  is  what 

4.  as  would 

5.  is  beyond  1 . 

6.  as  you 

8.  as  yet 

9.  is  with 

KEY  TO  LINE  6. 
Prefix  and  to  each  word  of  Line  1. 

KEY  TO  LINE  7. 

Affix  a,  an  or  and,  whichever  the  context  requires,  to  each  word 
of  Line  1 . 

KEY  TO  LINE  8. 
Affix  the  to  each  word  of  Line  1. 

KEY  TO  LINE  9. 
Prefix  and  and  affix  the  to  each  word  of  Line  1. 

KEY  TO  LINE  10. 

Affix  the  sound  thr  to  each  character  by  the  heavy  dash. 
The  tenth  word  lengthens  Z  to  add  thr,  since  a  heavy  tick  is 
not  practical  on  Iss. 

WORDS  TAKEN  FROM  ALL  THE  LISTS. 

1.  We  expect  something  substantial,  because  the  men  are  in 
Texas  and  will  certainly  let  us  know  where  to  call  on  them  in  the 
near  future. 

2.  It  is  not  necessary  to  suggest  that  we  will  settle  by  next 
week;  on  the  other  hand,  we  will  always  advance  the  amount 
when  it  is  due. 

3.  We,  ourselves,  have  not  sometimes  understood  your 
agement. 


GRAHAM  ASD    1'ITMAXIC.  101 

4.  The  subject  is  to  be,  ''Is  the  subordinate  power  to  influence 
the  enthusiam  they  have  now  behind  them?" 

5.  Several  significant  examples  of  bis  previous  power  support 
our  opinion  of  his  management  of  the  business. 

(>.     We  are  aware  we  m*y  inquire  how  much  you  have  made 
out  of  the  experience,  though  it  is  your  privilege  to  say  nothing. 

7.  We  are  in  receipt  of  your  manuscript,  which  has  been  re- 
turned us  for  investigation. 

8.  The  passenger  was  skillfully  set  off  on  his  own  real  estate. 

9.  Unless  they  are  very  carefully  prepared  for  the  investiga- 
tion, the  family  will  be  in  extreme  danger. 

10.  The  circular  was  indiscriminate,  though  appropriate  and 
very  correct. 

11.  I  do  not  understand  the  purpose  of  your  circular. 

12.  His  influential  name,  in  my  opinion,  will  always  satisfy 
every  one  and  get  their  substantial  support. 

13.  The  extraordinary  circular  was  so  indiscriminate  that  I 
think  that  it  will  make  a  large  difference  in  his  opinion. 

14.  The  cost  of  operation  in  the  manufactory,  in  my  experi- 
ence, has  been  exaggerated,  I  think. 

15.  The  announcement  was  made  manifest  at   the  beginning. 

16.  He  will  have  to  be  an  intelligent  man,  for  the  superinten- 
dent will  not  depend  on  every  one. 

17.  We  may  not  always  have  substantial  proof  of  their  being 
gentlemen. 

18.  Had  they  not  been  behind  in  the  settlement  of  their  bills, 
we  would  not  have  had  this  experience. 

19.  A  large  family  live  near  the  railroad. 

20.  I  assure  you,  your  offer  of  liberty  from  danger  is  a  very 
great  surprise. 

21.  Every  pleasure  seems  to  be  a  surprise  to  you. 

22.  Dr.,  during  your  experience,  did  you  ever  establish  a,  large 
practice  ? 

23.  That  particular  opportunity  may  not  again  surprise  the 
passenger. 

24      The  advertisement  of  the  express  company  was  new  infor- 
mation to  me. 


102          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

25.  The  passenger  was  very  near  his  real  estate  when  he  was  set 
at  liberty. 

26.  The  information  set  forth  in  the  manuscript  was  according 
to  my  opinion,  correct  in  every  particular,  excepting  its  truthful- 
ness. 

27.  The  circular  was  indiscriminate,  though  very  correct. 

28.  A  careful  investigation  of  the  extreme  danger  will  prove  to 
be  indispensible  to  our  government. 

DERIVATIVES. 

List  7.  A  derivative  is  formed  from  a  word  -sign  by  representing 
the  additional  syllable  by  an  extra  stroke  to  the  primitive  word- 
sign,  either  before  or  after  it,  or  by  halving  or  lengthening  the 
original  sign.  The  past  tense  or  perfect  participle  is  frequently 
not  represented  at  all,  the  context  being  a  sufficient  guide  as  to 
the  proper  word. 

KEY  TO  DERIVATIVES. 
Paten£-ed-ble. 
-Hoppy-Un-ness-iest-ier-ly. 
_4dt'er£ise-ed-ment-er-ing-es. 
CAar^e-es-able-Dis-ing-er-less. 
Advantage-es-ous-ly-Dis. 
Comwion-ly-Un-(uncommonly)-est-er. 
Length  or  /o«</-en-est-ger. 
.Bepresen£-ation-tive-or-s. 
Power-ful-ly-s. 


/s-as-his. 

As  is-his-has. 

House-es-eA,  customhouse,  representatives,  business  house,  in 
the  house,  at  the  house. 

5;pmfc-er-ble-s-ership,  unspeakable,  unspeakableness. 

^4ccep<-ance-able-ability-tation. 

On/an-ism-ic-s-ized-izer-izing-est. 
'     Opinion-est-s. 

Consequent-tia\-ces-\y. 

Larv/e-er-ly-est-En-enlarged-ness,  enlargement,  enlarging. 

Perfect,  perfected,  perfectly,  perfection,  imperfect,  imperfection, 
imperfectly. 

Object-tion-tive  tively-ing-ed-or-less-tionable. 

Sa<ts/;j/-tion-ctory-Un-Dis-  (  Dis'ction). 

Ge»em/-s-ize-izatioii-ship,  outgeneraled,  generaled. 

Stijfwi/fy-tion-icance-tive-nature. 

J»/Zwe»ce-ences-enced-tial-un  'enced. 


GRAHAM^  AND    PITMANIC.  ±vO 

DERIVATIVES. 

Express-es-ib\e-i  ve-sion-est. 

AWwre-al-Un'al-lized-lization. 

Jfawner-ly-ism-Un'ered. 

.Remem&er-ance-ancer-ed. 

Self,  ourself,  ourselves,  themselves,  myself,  himself,  yourself, 
one's  self,  man's  self. 

Form,  conform,  reform,  inform,  uniform,  •  deform,  perform, 
transform,  former,  formerly  conformable,  platform,  information. 

Mechanic,  mechanism,  mechanical,  mechanics. 

Manage,  manages,  manager,  managing. 

The  student  will  easily  form  his  own  derivatives  after  becoming  familiar  with 
the  above  limited  list,  in  most  cases;  but  in  case  of  doubt  reference  should 
always  be  made  to  a  phonographic  dictionary. 


104 


SYNTHKTIC  SHORTHAND    METHOD. 
DERIVATIVES. 


c     -  .....  -I- 

7       ^-j^---^—.-- 

./\l. 

Vx'- 

^L..r 

0     O     O 

17       -----  ...... 

O....O....O... 

n 

,  ,. 

\ 

w  - 

o  .  .0  ......  S------—  _  9 

15  \    * 

16      " 

^-?      v_?      v_^ 

77 

°=> 

18 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 
DERIVATIVES. 


10' 


•  /  ; -/^  / 


tJ 


T  ~~T 

•---r™*- 


o 


information. 


106 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


GEOGRAPHICAL  NAMES. 


V 

x  Alabama 

c. 

Alaska 

x*-' 

Arizona 

2> 

Oregon 
California 

"1 

Colorado 

~^~> 

Conn. 

[^ 

Delaware 

S 

Fla. 

< 

Ga. 
Idaho 

C 

111. 

^^, 

Ind. 

~^ 

Ind.  T. 

"^ 

la. 

—  D 

Kan. 

-,_ 

Ken. 

(^ 

La. 

^> 

Me. 

n 

Md. 
Mass. 

a. 

Mich. 

M 

Minn. 

•Miss. 

^-j^ 

Mo. 

*     V 

Mont. 

^v. 

Neb. 

N.  C. 

N.  D. 


S.  D. 


Tenn. 


W.  Va. 

Wis. 

Wyoming 
Oklahoma 
Ont. 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


107 


GEOGRAPHICAL  NAMES. 


^-A. 

N.  B. 

f\^_          Louisville 

ly\ 

B.  C. 

^~^-<         Minneapolis 

v_P—  7 

N.S. 

~*\* 

Quebec 

^_^^             New  Haven 

\  — 

New  York 

V—  ~^ 

"^   Birmingham 
Klondike 

r>           Omaha 

o                  Philadelphia 

lioston 

v              Baugor 

^ 

Brooklyn 

q^y-y         San  Francisco 

\ 

Buffalo 

V         *~ 

^ 

Burlington 

)             Seattle 
^St.  Louis 

-^  — 

Chicago 

*-*->! 

Cincinnati 

f             Toledo 

1 

I 

Cleveland 

1 

T 

Dayton 

^     \/       Wilkesbarre 

n 

Detroit 

I 

<Jl 

v^?       Dawson  City 

»P 

Calveston 

1 

^ 

Lowell 

108 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 


PROPER  NAMES. 


1^ 

Adams 

<* 

Allen 

Anderson 

Baker 

N 

Bennett 

v_ 

Burke 

N, 

Brown 

\> 

Barry 

^ 

Boyle 

jLf 

Campbell 

i 

Cook 

—  &  —  . 

Clark 

Cameron 

c~*/l 

Carter 

I 

Duffy 

j- 

Doane 

Y- 

Daly 

L 

Davis 

I 

Edwards 

^s> 

Evans 

r 

Flynn 

_  ,  • 

Gray 

—  — 

Green 

r 

Hill 

vj_^ 

Hunter 

-*>•  Henderson 
Harris 
Hale 
Hall 

Jackson 

James 

Jones 

Johnson 

Kelley 

Quinn 

Lee 

Lewis 

Lynch 

Morris 

Moore 

Martin 

Mitchell 

Miller 

Mackenzie 


MacDouald 
McCarthy 

Morgan 

Mahoney 

Newton 

Nash 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC. 


100 


PROPER   NAMES. 


Nelson 


O'Brien 

1^ 

Thompson 

Patterson 

K 

Taylor 

Parker 

j 

Wood 

Price 

Quinn 

c 

Wilson 

Russell 

V 

Warren 

Reed 

o 

Walsh 

Ross 

fr- 

Walker 

s\ 

Wright 

Roberts 

Shaw 

& 

Williams 

~*L> 

Young 

Stewart 

^^N  

York 

Sullivan 

Scott 

Thomas 

110          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

PHRASING. 

228.  Phrasing  is  the  art  of  joining  shorthand  characters  to- 
gether that  speed  may  he  gained. 

(a)  Join  word-signs  and  abbreviations  when  both  are  in  their 
natural  positions.     (See  lines  1,  2,  3,  4,  Simple  Phrases.) 

(b)  The  Oids  should  almost  always  be  joined  to  each  other  or 
to  some  other  word.     (The  above  two  rules  should  furnish  the 
limit  to  the  beginner's  efforts  at  phrasing.) 

(c)  Do  not  join  the  to  a  following  word. 

(d)  Join  a,  an  or  and  by  a  tick  at  right  angles  or  parallel  to  the 
line  of  wiling. 

(e)  Join  the  obliquely  at  a  sharp  angle  when  possible. 

(f )  Join  abbreviations  of  one  stroke  which  occur  together  very 
frequently,  if  the  juncture  is  practical,  writing  the   first  word 
in  its  position.     (This    rule,    for  beginners,  applies  to  familiar 
words.)     See  line  5  simple  phrases. 

(g)  The  student  should  not  phrase  abbreviations  to  outlines, 
unless  the  outline  has  previously  been  committed  to  memory,  in 
which  case  it  should  he  treated  same  as  an  abbreviation.     If, 
however,  it  should  seem  expedient  to  join  an  abbreviation  or 
sign-word  to  an  outline,  the  outline  should  be  fully  vocalized. 
Thus,  "do  right"  also   reads  "dirty;"   "it  read  "   would  also 
read  "torrid;"  "which  may"  would    also  read    "chum;"  and 
"go  home"  would  also  read  "game."     But  if  the  writer  is  not 
in  the  habit  of  joining  un vocalized  outlines,  unless  a  vowel  is  in- 
serted, then  the  fact  that  the  outlines  "Ch-M  "  and  "  Ga-M  "  had 
no  vowels,  would  be  evidence  that  they  were  sign-words  joined. 

(h)  To  is  indicated  by  writing  the  following  word,  or  the  first 
part  of  the  word,  directly  under  the  line. 

(i)  When  a  horizontal  or  circle  is  written  on  the  line  and  fol- 
lowed by  a  down  stroke,  it  indicates  two  words  invariably. 

229.  PHRASING  OF  TICKS. 

He,  How,  The,  I,  A,  An,  And,  are  five  common  signs,  which 
should  be  phrased  as  follows: 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC.  Ill 

PHRASING  OF  TICKS. 
I, 

(a)  nearly  always  joined    to   the   following  word,  should  be 
struck  upward  on  downward  strokes  having  no  initial  hook.     It  is 
written  downward  on  upward  strokes  and  M  and  Mb.     It  must  be 
invariably  written  above  the  line;  but  on  all  down  strokes  and  first 
position  horizontals  both  words  retain  their  proper  positions;  up- 
ward strokes  and  other  horizontals  would  be  brought  out  of  their 
positions;  but  "/"  must  always  be  above  the  line. 

HE 

(b)  must  invariably  be  written  on  the  line.  When  written  alone 
it  may  be  struck  upward  or  downward.    (1)   Joined  to  upward 
strokes  it  is  written  down;    on  downward  strokes  it  is  written 
upward.     (2)  When  joined  to  a  circle  sign-word,  either  before  or 
after,  it  is  written  upward  with  the  circle  on  the  left-hand  side; 
it  is  thus  distinguished  from  should,  which  is  written  downward, 
and  has  the  circle  on  the  right-hand  side.     He  is  struck  downward 
on  K  and  Gay;  upward  on  TV  and  Ing. 

HOW 

(c)  is  usually  written  with  a  down  stroke,  under  the  line,  not 
touching  it. 

THE, 

(d)  when  joined,  is  subordinate  in  its  position.     The  never 
begins  a  phrase.     The  must  always  be  written  in  the  direction  or 
Chay,  P  or  Ray. 

A,  AN  OR  AND 

(e)  is  joined  to  either  end  of  the  outline,  and  is  subordinate 
in  its  position  to  the  word  it  is  joined  to.  and  must  always  be 
written  in  the  direction  of  T  or  K.     When  alone  or  joined  to  the, 
it  takes  second  position,  the  tick  the  projecting  below  the  line  to 
discriminate  from  should. 

HE  AND  SHOULD  JOINED  TOGETHER. 

(f)  When  he  and  should  are  joined,  should  should  be  written 
downward  and  he  should  be  written  upward.     And  should  be 
written  by  Ket  when  joined  to  should-he  and  by  Tet  when  joined 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND    METHOD. 


TICK  PHRASES. 

(8KB  KEY,  PAGE  155.) 


"•  \ 

n 

_^.  .  _  j--^-^ 

-i 
•7      i  "°i      ~^ 

Ps—-—^-"1-™- 

^      -    -  f 


i/z  \\ 


GRAHAM   AND    PITJUANIC. 


SIMPLE  PHRASES. 


X.  ......  •">  .....  >rt  . 


AJ 


V_*  I  _  y. 

/  .....  k  .....  X  .. 


4       -T^      J       1 


(  .... 


114 


13 

Ik 
15 

16 

17 

18 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND    METHOD. 

COMMERCIAL  PHRASES. 


•26 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


115 


.   Va^  ^^    I    L  /  </ 


W     «T^_\^    ^\^ 


110  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 

UNIVERSAL  PHRASES. 


/(/'  V 


t 


±T_*    \** 


t 


LEGAL  PHRASES  AND  WORDS. 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC.  Ill 

THEOLOGICAL  PllKAiSEti  AND  \\OKDS. 

/-     ^ 


GENERAL  REMARKS  ON  PHRASING- 

A  shorthand  phrase  is  generally  a  grammatical  phrase,  and  the 
following  rules  will  be  of  aid,  but  it  should  be  remembered  that 
a  phrase,  however  convenient  to  join,  should  not  be  made  if  it 
endangers  legibility  in  reading.  Grammatical  rules  for  phrasing 
to  be  modified  by  the  above  rule. 

1.  A  pronoun  of  frequent  occurrence  is  generally  joined  to  the 
following  verb,  thus:     He  had;  she  thinks;  they  say. 

2.  A  defining,  limiting  or  modifying  word  is  usually  joined  to 
the  word  thus  modified,  as:   Large  man;  correct  manuscript;  very 
much;  each  thing. 

3.  A  simple  or  compound  auxiliary  verb,  with  or  without  not, 
is  frequently  joined  to  the  principal  word,  thus:    Shall  be;  will 
have;  ought  not;  may  go. 

4.  A  common  verb  is  usually  joined  to  its  object  or  to  the  fol- 
lowing word,  as:     Does  it;  get  this;  see  him. 

5.  A  preposition  is  usually  joined  to  its  object  or  the  following 
word,  as:     About  which;  notwithstanding  the;  from  over;  for  we. 

6.  A  common  conjunction  or  adverb  is  usually  joined  to  the 
following  word  of  frequent  occurrence,  as:     When  shall;  if  that; 
but  we;  or  when;  as  well  as;  there  are;  nor  can;  is  it. 


118          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

OUTLINES. 

230.  To  be  a  skillful  writer  a  knowledge  of  principles  and  sign 
words  alone  is  insufficient.  The  expert  stenographer  writes  hun- 
dreds of  forms,  which  are,  to  him,  memorized  outlines,  the  same  as 
though  they  were  abbreviations  or  sign  words.  This,  of  course, 
requires  an  extensive  knowledge  of  the  English  language  and  the 
shorthand  outlines  therefor. 

The  greater  the  number  of  familiar  outlines  the  stenographer 
carries  in  his  mind,  the  easier  it  will  be  for  him  to  improvise  new 
outlines  while  doing  actual  work.  To  illustrate:  if  every  tenth 
word  was  entirely  new  to  the  writer  and  the  preceding  nine  were 
perfectly  familiar,  he  would  easily  form  the  tenth  outline  in  his 
mind  while  writing  the  seventh,  eighth  and  ninth  words  and  there- 
fore write  it  without  hesitation ;  any  time  lost,  however,  on  this 
tenth  word  would  be  speedily  recovered  while  writing  the  follow- 
ing, or  eleventh,  twelfth  and  thirteenth  words. 

Another  great  object  of  the  following  list  (and  one  entirely  origi- 
nal with  this  work)  is  in  learning  to  read  shorthand  outlines.  They 
should  all  be  read  as  fast  as  utterance  will  permit,  studying  out  the 
words  expressed  by  the  outlines  without  referring  to  the  key. 

The  following  list  is  subdivided  into  the  following  classifica- 
tions, the  principles  therefor  being  given  at  the  head  of  each  list,- 

1.  Identical  outlines. 

2.  Nearly  identical  outlines. 

3.  Medial  vowels. 

4.  Words  in  natural  order. 

5.  Prominent  vowels. 

6.  Implied  vowels. 

7.  Initial  and  final  vowels. 

8.  Uncommon. 

9.  Familiar. 

GENERAL  EULES 

10.  For  writing:    Vocalize  or  not,  according  to  which  classi- 
fication the  outline  belongs. 

11.  For  reading:     Practice  will  enable  one  to  instantly  recog- 
nize to  which  of  the  lists  an  outline  belongs,  when  the  proper  rule 
fur  reading  may  be  applied. 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMAN1C.  119 

LIST  ONE. 

IDENTICAL  OUTLINES, 

or  outlines  whose  names  exactly  coincide  with  the  word  for 
which  they  stand. 

1.  Rule  for  writing:  omit  vocalization.  Rule  for  reading: 
Pronounce  the  outline  aloud,  distinctly,  and  you  also  pronounce 
the  very  word. 

Illustration:  If  the  outline  D  K  occurs  in  reading,  say,  aloud, 
Dee  Kay,  and  endeavor  to  recall  the  word  indicated  by  that 
sound.  Do  not  say  Dick  or  duck,  because  the  name  of  the  out- 
line is  not  Dick  or  duck,  but  Dee  Kay,  or,  in  the  ordinary  spell- 
ing,  "Decay."  ^  PAQE  m 


J^  <)  *^   c~~^  ^    Y   c     | 7y       ~^\     ^ 

/^...L_r\  JL._y..V_y--~^ J_.<2TV-  £X..^ 

,!^...U./C.rx..L..^ 


120 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND    METHOD. 


78  ^..CU...Q>....... 


GRAHAM  AND    PJTMANIC. 


121 


LIST  TWO. 

NEARLY  IDENTICAL  OUTLINES. 

2.  Rule  for  writing,  same  as  list  one.  Rule  for  reading:  Same 
as  list  one  except  that  the  outline,  not  exactly  comparing  with 
the  word,  if  the  word  does  not  readily  come  to  mind,  substitute 
some  other  vowel  in  place  of  the  first  one  in  the  nomenclature, 
and  then  try  some  other  vowel  the  same  way. 


122 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 


LIST  THREE. 
MIDDLE  VOWELS. 

These  outlines  express  the  first  and  last  sounds  of  the  word  by 
consonant  strokes  with  a  single  vowel  between. 

3.  Rule,  for  Writing:  Omit  the  vowels.  Rule  for  Reading: 
Supply  a  vowel  between  the  two  strokes  by  trying  each  one  of  the 
vowels  indicated  by  the  position  of  the  outline. 

Illustration:  In  the  case  of  P  K  1,  the  suspicion  is  at  once 
aroused  that  the  outline  comes  under  the  above  head.  There  can 
be  no  initial  or  final  vowel,  or  it  would  have  been  written  under 
Rule  7;  or,  if  it  had  been  omitted  under  List  9,  it  would  be  easily 
supplied.  Therefore,  try  all  the  first  place  vowels,  Peek,  Pick, 
Pock,  Pike,  Poyk.  Three  of  these  mean  words,  and  the  construc- 
tion of  the  sentence  readily  shows  which  word  of  the  three  is 


wanted. 


KE-V,  162. 


<7  • 


.  C...c..r...C^^r\,.^.:....n.....r^ 

,  r^r...^-^-^^ 

±VMJsx^^J£..l£_y 

^_.C\..Q 


^_x 

<r^> 


-v-U- 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC. 
LIST  THREE— CONTINUED. 


123 


124  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

LIST  FOUR. 
WORDS  IN  NATURAL  ORDER. 

This  means  that  the  name  of  the  outline  consists  of  consonants 
and  vowela  in  the  same  order  as  the  word  itself. 

Illustration:    In  separating  the  syllables  in  the  word  Topeka 
or  Re-enter  we  have: 

Nomenclature :     Te  Pe  Ka. 
Word:  To  pe  ka. 

Nomenclature:     Ra  Enter. 
Word:  Re  enter. 

Nomenclature:     eM  Te. 
Word:  Em  ty. 

Rule  for  writing:  Omit  all  vowels. 

Rule  for  reading:  Substitute  vowels  in  the  places  of  the  ones 
used  in  the  nomenclature  until  the  word  is  found. 


_        O  <: N  / 

-~— N        /^_x       C^  ...\.    ^"^i       <2"~tX 

dy  ^~^> if^~*  ,^.\  j^-s  ^^  


,    ^^ 


---v-\-v^-  \-V-\--o  A 
v  I  ^>  ^     1  i  \°-^" 

u*  \XL  \xi  \jp..v\-..\  vhr.  x 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 

LIST  FOUR— CONTINUED. 


125 


1  ±2  Xf.V_ 


r?  <T.?_ 


126 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 
LIST  FIVE. 

PROMINENT  VOWELS. 


When  no  rule  can  be  made  whereby  a  vowel  may  be  omitted 
from  an  un'familiar  word,  write  the  most  prominent  vowel,  or  the 
vowel  that  would  completely  finish  word,  if  possible. 

Rule  for  writing:  Write  one  prominent  vowel.  Rule  for  reading: 
Pronounce  the  outline,  including  the  vowel.  If  this  does  not  bring 
the  word  to  mind,  try  Rule  4. 


LIST  SIX. 

IMPLIED  VOWELS. 

Rule  for  writing:  When  a  word  begins  or  ends  in  such  a  way 
that  a  final  or  initial  vowel  is  implied,  omit  the  vowel  thus  im- 
plied. 

Rule  for  reading:  Supply  vowels  in  the  place  of  the  ones  omitted, 
until  a  word  is  produced. 


*especially. 


GRAHAM   AND    PITMANIC. 


127 


LIST  SEVEN. 
INITIAL  AND  FINAL  VOWELS. 

It  is  extremely  difficult  to  read  unvocalized  outlines  where  the 
end  vowels  are  omitted  and  the  strokes  do  not  indicate  that  they 
are  omitted  as  iu  the  previous  rule. 

Rule  for  writing:  Always  write  the  vowel  on  either  end  of 
the  word  if  the  word  does  not  cone  under  the  head  of  "Familiar 
Words,"  or  "Implied  Vowels." 

Rule  for  reading:  Same  as  list  six. 


\r 


IM-  — 

V'-'\  ' 


LIST  EIGHT. 
UNCOMMON  OUTLINES. 

Some  outlines  are  so  peculiar  of  construction  that  they  admit  of 
no  writing  on  definite  principles.  If  their  outlines  have  not  been 
previously  learned,  they  can  only  be  written  and  read  by  guess 
and  memory. 

A  study  of  the  Shorthand  Dictionary  is  necessary  to  overcome 
this  defect. 

A  brief  list  only  is  given,  but  the  student  who  expects  to  do 
advanced  work  is  advised  to  increase  them  by  a  systematic  study 
of  the  dictionary. 


\^  ~^  "V —  L- ""  v/>^ 

LX--^  i.Jl_.      ^m^r-17^ 

.V-,  ^^xvX, 


128 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 


LIST  NINE. 

FAMILIAB  WORDS. 


We  give  also  a  few  words  which  should  be  learned  the  same  as 
a  list  of  abbreviations  and  sign  words.  The  ambitious  stenog- 
rapher will  enlarge  this  list  to  the  hundreds. 


KEY,  PAGE  164. 


GRAHAM   AND    PITMANIC.  129 

THE  REPORTER'S  EXPEDIENTS. 

A  SYMPOSIUM  OF  GENEEAL  ABBREVIATING    PBINCIPLES. 

231.  Not  all  the  fastest  writers  use  the  shortest  forms,  yet  all 
should  study  the  art  of  brevity  and  make  use  of  same  according 
to  their  adaptability. 

The  best  writers  abbreviate  and  phrase  more  or  less  extensively; 
but  young  writers  should  avoid  either  extreme  as  being  disastrous. 
The  teacher  who  is  an  enthusiast  on  long  forms  and  interminable 
lists  of  sign-words  and  theoretical  outlines,  simply  advertises  his 
own  inexperience  in  teaching.  On  the  other  hand,  carelessness  in 
not  joining  the  small  words  where  they  occur  together  naturally 
leads  to  slovenly  habits  and  inaccuracy  as  well  as  lack  of  speed. 

Either  extreme  will  cripple  the  young  stenographer  hopelessly. 

A  thorough  knowledge  of  the  alphabet,  vowels,  four  small 
hooks,  four  large  hooks,  two  back  hooks,  H,  halving  and  length- 
ening principles,  circles,  loops,  prefixes  and  affixes,  and  the  six 
hundred  common  abbreviations,  sign-words  and  phrases  already 
given,  furnishes  material  enough  for  a  speed  of  eighty  words  per 
minute,  this  being  fast  enough  for  ordinary  purposes  of  amanu- 
ensis work. 

A  speed  of  175  words,  however,  requires  the  mastery  of  ab- 
breviating principles  as  well  as  the  command  of  a  very  large  vo- 
cabulary, both  long  and  shorthand;  but  the  development  and 
practice  of  short  forms  varies  according  to  the  practitioner 

Outlines  must  always  be  individually  legible.  Bad,  scrawling 
penmanship  never  made  a  fast  writer.  Accuracy  is  simply  a  habit. 
Inaccuracy  is  only  another  habit. 

The  young  writer  must  use  vowels  occasionally,  at  least  one  in 
words  of  new  or  uncommon  occurrence. 

The  difficulty  of  learning  a  large  number  of  short  forms  is 
nothing  in  comparison  with  the  advantages  gained. 

1. 

Words  which  are  analagous,  or  partially  so,  to  the  four  hooks 
are  indicated  by  them  to  some  extent. 


130  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 

Are-Our,  by  the  R  hook;  All- Will,  by  the  L  hook;   Have-If- 
Of-Ever-Fnl-ly,  by  the  F  hook.     Full-ly,  by  F  stroke: 
One-Than  Own-Been,  by  the  N  hook. 

ILLUSTRATION. 

By  our,  BEE  1;  at  our,  TEE  3;  for  our,  FEE  3;  had  our, 
DEE  3;  charge  our,  CHER  3;  which  are,  CHEE  2;  out  of,  TEF 
3;  whatever,  TEF  2;  much  of,  CHEF  3;  which  ever,  CHEF  2; 
each  of,  CHEF  1;  by  all,  BEL  1;  at  all,  TEL  3;  for  all,  FEL  2; 
have  all,  VEL2;  had  all,  DEL  3;  they  will,  THEL  2;  painfully, 
PEN  2-F;  banefolly,  BEN  2-F;  mindful,  MEND  1-F;  manfully, 
MEN2-F;  successfully,  SKASES  2-F;  disdainfully,  DES  2-  DEN 
-F;  scornfully,  SKEEN  1-F;  Cheerfully,  CHEEF  1;  hopeful-ly, 
PEF  3;  my  own,  MEN  1;  any  one,  NEN  1;  their  own,  THEEN 
2;  more  than,  MEBN  2;  some  one,  SMEN  2;  have  been,  VEN  2; 
at  one,  TEN  3;  at  our  own,  TEEN  3;  every  other  one,  VER- 
THERN  1. 

2. 

The  N  hook  expresses  Not  on  oids  and  half  lengths;  thus  to 
a  full  length  stroke,  not  is  added  by  halving  the  stroke  and  add- 
ing the  N  hook.*    See  page  92,  line  6. 
*A  direct  violation  of  principle  99,  but  a  useful  license  in  this  case. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

If  not,  FENT  1;  have  not,  VENT  2;  do  not,  DENT  2;  may  not, 
MENT  2;  are  not,  ARNT  2;  will  not,  LENT  1;  we  will  not, 
WELNT  1;  by  not,  BENT  1. 

3. 

A  vowel  preceding  or  following  a  lengthened  curve  may  be  indi- 
cated by  making  the  curve  deep  if  the  vowel  precedes,  or  shallow 
if  no  vowel  precedes  it.  Line  9,  page  65. 

ILLUSTEATIONS. 

alter,  LATER  1  (deep  curve);  later,  LATER  2  (shallow  curve). 


GRAHAM  AXD    PITMANIC.  131 

latter,  LATER  3  (shallow  curve);  elder,  LATER  2  (deep 
curve). 

all  other,  LATER  1  (shallow  curve);  lighter,  LATER  1  (shal- 
low curve). 

4. 

It- Would- 1 1  ad-Did,  are  frequently  indicated  by  halving. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

It  would,  TET  3;  it  had,  TET  3;  have  had,  VED  3;  why  did 
yon,  HA  TICK-WED-YU;  when  did  you,  WENT-YE;  they  had, 
THET  3. 

5. 

Con- Accom- Contra  are  sometimes  omitted  for  the  sake  of  a 
phrase,  and  sometimes  the  first  position  is  given  to  indicate  the 
omission  of  Con,  but  this  last  device  is  precarious. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

condition,  DSHON  1;  contradistinction,  D  1;  confuse,  FS  3; 
comply,  PLE  1;  contain,  TEN  2;  concur,  KER  2;  compound, 
FEND  3;  (This  is  about  the  limit.) 

6. 

On  may  be  joined  by  an  N  hook. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

are  on,  ARN  3;  here  on,  REN  1 ;  goon,  GEN1;  whereon,  WERN 
2,  lay  on,  LEN'2. 

7. 

Nouns,  adjectives  and  adverbs  are  usually  written  with  thesame 
outlines;  also  a  word  with  all  its  derivatives  is  frequently  written 
with  one  outline,  the  distinction  being  made  by  the  context. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

Geography-ic-al-ly,  J  2  GER;  political-ly,  PLET-KLE  1; 
critical-ly,  KRET-KEL  1,  bad-ly,  BED  3;  ease-easily,  Z  1;  com- 
plete-ly,  PLET  1;  gracious-ly-ness,  Gre  Ish2;  certain-ly,  Iss- 
RET2. 


132          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


Straight  strokes  may  be  tripled  to  indicate  the  sound  THR,  as 
double  lengths  on  straight  strokes  indicate  their  repetition  only. 

A  final  attachment  must  be  read  after  THR.  Sometimes  an  N 
hook  may  be  omitted  for  the  sake  of  lengthening. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

can  there,  KTHER  2;  will  there,  LATHER  2;  by  there,  ETHER 
1;  had  there,  OTHER  3;  down  there,  DTHER  3;  upon  there; 
PTHER  1. 

9. 

In  taking  testimony  and  other  rapid  work,  where  there  are 
many  repetitions,  a  stroke  may  be  tripled  to  add  another,  whether. 
(See  legal  phrases.) 

The  THR  tick  may  be  largely  used  where  lengthening  is  im- 
possible; as  in  half  lengths  or  words  ending  with  hook  or  circle. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

Do  you  know  whether  there  is,  D  2-Yu-NTHERS;  until  there  is, 
TELTHERS  3;  say  whether,  STHER  2,  whether  or  not, 
WAYTHERN  2. 

10. 

References  may  be  indicated  by  position;  as  in  Book,  Chapter, 
Section;  Epistle,  Chap.,  Verse;  Volume,  Book,  Chapter;  Book, 
Canto,  Line,  6  4  2,  9  211  6. 

11. 

Repetitions  following  each  other  in  a  sort  of  regularity  may  be 
indicated  by  a  long  straight  line,  or  in  writing  the  first  part  of 
the  first  expression  near  to  or  joined  to  its  repetition. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

deeper  and  deeper,  D  1  DPER;  quicker  and  quicker,  K  1  KER; 
faster  and  faster,  F  3  (disjoined),  Fstr;  bigger  and  bigger,  B  1 
(disjoined)  B  ger;  smaller  and  smaller,  SEM  1  SEMLAR  (dis- 
joined). 


QRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  133 

12. 

In  addition  to  the  punctuations  already  given,  the  reporter 
indicates  applause  by  a  short  perpendicular  spiral;  hissing,  by  a 
HAY  stroke  in  a  large  circle;  sensation,  by  a  double  cross; 
laughter,  La  Eftr. 

13. 

YOU  may  be  joined  as  a  hook,  2nd  position,  since  the  R 
hook  never  rests  on  the  line,  and  therefore  no  confliction  can  result. 
It  is  occasionally  joined  in  the  middle  of  a  word,  though  not 
occurring  on  a  line.  You  may  be  inverted  in  a  phrase. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

{    if  you  desire,  F  1-DERS-AE;  yon  say,  YU  2-S;  you  had,  YE 
2-D;  you  do,  YU  2-D;  if  you  wish,  F  1-Sher. 

14. 

ING  maybe  omitted,  thus:  Hav(ing)  been;  thank(ing)  you; 
see(ing)  you;  believ(ing)  that;  see(ing)  that;  stat(ing)  that; 
dur(ing)  the;  inform(ing)  you;  know(ing)  that.  See  page  80. 

15. 

We  may  be  joined  as  a  hook  to  horizontals;  its  identity  with 
the  L  or  R  hook  causes  no  trouble,  on  account  of  the  few  words 
which  could  be  made  with  the  outlines  thus  used. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

We  can,  KLEN  1;  we  give,  GLE  1;  we  could,  KLET  1;  we  may 
be,  MER  1. 

16. 

Eshon  may  be  added  to  an  N  or  F  hook  or  Is  for  the  sake  of  ab- 
breviation or  special  outline. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

foundation,  FEND-ESHON;  taxation,  TS-ESHON  2;  investiga- 
tion, N-VSESHON  1;  exposition,  SPES-ESHON  2;  ornamenta- 
tion, REN  2  ESHON. 


j.34          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

17. 

The  F  hook  is  sometimes  written  on  curves  to  add  words  or 
syllables  by  lengthening  the  N  hook. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

infinitesimal,  NEFT  1;  navigation,  NEF-2-GASHON;  useful, 
SEF  3;  thankful,  THEF  3. 

18. 

The  circle  is  frequently  used  by  reporters  to  add  us  or  his; 
or  a  small  circle  enlarged  for  the  purpose  of  adding  an  additional 
sound  S,  or  a  circle  sign- word.  See  line  49,  Universal  Phrases. 

19. 

The  past  and  present  tense  may  almost  always  be  indicated 
by  the  same  outline,  as  the  auxiliary  verb  or  other  word  of  the 
context  clearly  indicates  which  tense  is  intended. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

intend-ed,  NET-END  2;  amount-ed,  MENT  2;  present-ed, 
PERS  2;  goad-ed,  GED  2;  fit-ted,  FET  1;  order-ed,  RDER  1; 
form-ed,  FEE  1 ;  bate-d,  BET  2;  return-ed,  RETERN  2. 

20. 

Joining  the  back  N  hook  for  the  word  in,  and  the  use  of 
the  joined  circle  for  his  may  be  used,  especially  when  the  same 
phrase  occurs  several  times  during  the  same  writing. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

In  his  address,  IN-IS-DRES;  in  his  mind,  IN-IS-MEND-1 ;  in 
some  way,  IN-IS-M-WE. 

21. 
Hooks  may  sometimes  be  omitted. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

It  has  been  said,  TS-2-BS-D;  upon  there,  PTHER-1;  can  supply, 
KS-PEL-1;  can  only,  K-NEL. 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC.  135 

22. 

Ought  to  have  and  would  have  are  sometimes  indicated  ~by  a 
hook. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

It  ought  to  have,  TEF-1 ;  it  would  have,  TEF-3. 

23. 
We,  were  and  with  may  be  joined  as  a  "We  hook. 

ILLUSTEATIONS. 

With  me,  WEM-1;  with  him,  WEM-2;  with  any,  WEN-1;  were 
not,  WENT-2;  We  note,  WENT-1. 

24. 

It  is  often  necessary  that  the  skilled  writer  improvise  forms 
for  special  purposes.  When  possible,  the  first  sound  should  be 
represented ;  if  the  word  is  a  long  one,  the  first  and  last  sounds 
should  be  represented  if  convenient.  Long  hand  initials  may 
sometimes  be  written  in  shorthand,  especially  in  the  case  of  rail- 
roads; but  often  the  long  hand  initial  written  in  shorthand  would 
be  as  long  as  the  whole  word  written  in  shorthand.  The  best  ab- 
breviation is  that  expression  that  sounds  nearest  to  the  whole 
word,  expression  or  phrase,  providing  it  be  sufficiently  brief.  It 
must  be  most  emphatically  borne  in  mind  that  a  brief  phrase  is 
just  as  easy  to  remember  as  a  long  one,  providing  it  does  not  con- 
flict too  much  with  something  else. 

ILLUSTEATIONS. 

N.  Y.  C.  &  H.  E.  E.  E.  (New  York  Central  &  Hudson  Eiver 
Bailroad)  N  Yas  Ea  D.  West  Texas  Immigration  Co.,  Was  2  T  M. 
Armour  Packing  Co.,  Mer  2  K.  Island  City  Abstract  Co.,  Lents  K. 

25. 

It  is  not  only  a  great  aid  to  reading  but  sometimes  saves 
absolute  illegibility  to  indicate  all  pauses,  except  periods,  by 
spaces.  When  names  are  written  in  shorthand,  a  long  space 


136          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

should  precede  and  follow  the  name;  this  together  with  the  fact 
that  initials  consist  of  single  strokes,  would  at  once  arouse  the 
suspicion  on  the  part  of  the  reader  that  a  proper  name  is  expressed 
thereby. 

'  2b. 

The  study  of  shorthand  penmanship  is  indispensable  to  the 
writer  who  would  win  highest  rank. 

The  fact  that  practical  writers  have  claimed  that  rules  of  pen- 
manship were  not  practical  in  shorthand,  does  not  prove  that  such 
is  the  case;  it  simply  shows  that  they  are  working  to  a  disadvan- 
tage and  are  behind  the  times. 

The  act  of  making  shorthand  characters  is  an  act  of  writing. 
Writing  requires  a  free  and  easy  movement  of  the  fore-arm  (im- 
properly called  muscular  movement).  The  fingers  and  wrist  joint 
must  be  flexible,  to  be  sure,  and  the  fingers  active,  but  the  free 
forearm  movement  with  the  hand  unconfined  to  the  desk  will  pro- 
duce results  as  superior  to  finger  movement  as  a.n  ordinary  walk  is 
superior  to  dragging  the  feet  along  the  ground. 

(See  chapter  on  penmanship). 

27. 

The  second  word  is  sometimes  used  to  govern  the  position 
of  phrases,  (a)  When  the  first  word  is  as,  sometimes  give  the 
second  word  the  position;  (b)  especially  when  both  the  first  and 
second  words  can  be  written  in  their  respective  positions  in  a 
phrase  while  Writing  the  second  word  in  its  regular  position,  this 
rule  would  -apply;  (c)  when  first  word  is  a  tick,  always  phrase  ac- 
cording to  the  second  word. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

By  these;  in  these;  in  this;  in  those;  and  it;  and  for  a;  and  in 
a ;  is  in ;  as  possible ;  as  much  as.  (See  line  27,  Commercial  Phrases. ) 

28. 

An  extended  use  of  the  lengthening  principle  to  add  Their, 
There,  They  are. 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  137 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

At  their  own,  Teethern;  Several  other  than,  Is  Vethern;  Give 
thr,  Gathr  1;  Can  thr,  Kathr  2;  Go  there,  Gather  2;  Each  other, 
Chather  1;  Know  their  own,  Enthern  2;  Upon  their,  Pether  2  (N 
hook  omitted);  Are  there,  Rthr  2. 

29. 

'Istic  may  be  expressed  by  Ska  affixed  to  the  first  part  of  a 
word. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

Pessimistic,  Pes  1  M  Ska;  Optimistic,  Pet  1  M  Ska;  Charac- 
teristic, Ker  2  Ska;  Linguistic,  El  Ing  Ska;  Artistic,  Arts  3  K; 
Pugilistic,  P  1  Jel  Ska;  Bombastic,  B  1  Emb  Ska;  Elastic,  La  3 
Ska. 

30. 

'Matic  by  Met. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

Dogmatic,  D  Ga  1  Met;  Automatic,  T  1  Met;  Prismatic,  Pers  1 
Met;  Epigrammatic,  Per  2  Ger  Met;  Eheumatic,  R  3  Met;  Aro- 
matic, R  2  Met. 

31. 

T  expressed  by  a  half  length  before  a  final  vowel,  the  final 
vowel  being  supplied  by  the  perceptions: 

Vicinity,  Vees  2  Net;  Disability,  Des  1  Blet;  Locality,  L  2  Klet; 
Imbecility,  Emps  2  Let;  Rascality,  Ras  3  Klet;  Validity,  V  2  Eld; 
Novelty,  N  1  Viet;  Alacrity,  L  2  Kret;  Integrity,  Net  1  Gret; 
Debility,  D  1  Blet;  Nobility,  N  2  Blet;  Stability,  Ste  2  Blet; 
Durability,  Der  3  Blet;  Admissibility,  D  1  Ems  Blet;  Passibility, 
Pes  3  Blet;  Feasibility,  Fs  1  Blet;  Plausibility,  Pies  1  Blet;  Pros- 
perity, Pres  1  Pret;  Sensibility,  Sens  1  Blet;  Ability,  Blet  1;  Ina- 
bility, N  1  Blet;  Disparity,  Des  Pret;  Vulgarity,  VI  2  Gret. 

32. 

A  final  vowel  and  consonant  may  be  expressed  by  disjoin- 
ing the  final  stroke. 


138  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND    METHOD. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

Vagrancy,  Ve  2  (disjoined)  Ger;  Clemency,  Kel  1  (disjoined) 
Men;  Christianity,  Kren  1  (disjoined)  T.  The  disjoined  stroke 
may  sometimes  be  omitted. 

33. 

Enlarging  the  R  hook  may  add  will  or  all ;  and  enlarging  the 
L  hook,  are  or  our.  The  N  hook  may  add  own  or  than  to  whole 
lengths  ;  not  to  half  lengths. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

Had  all  our,  Drel  3;  at  all  our,  Tier  3;  for  all  our,  Fler  2;  from 
all,  Frel  2;  They  are  all,  Threl  2;  by  all  our,  Bier  1;  which  are 
all,  Cherl  2. 

34. 

N  hook  is  often  used  in  lieu  of  the  syllables  tial,  tiate,  shon, 
and  the  adverbs  derived  from  nouns  and  adjectives.  Substantial, 
SEE  2  STEN;  Potential,  P  2  TEN;  Invention,  N  VEN  2;  Peni- 
tential, P  2  TEN;  Presidential,  PEES  2  DEN;  Pestilential,  PES 
2LEN;  Consequential,  SKEN  1;  Differential,  DEF  2  REN;  Cre- 
dential, KER  DEN  2;  Comprehension,  PREN  2. 

35. 

Iss  may  be  written  within  straight  line  N  hook  to  denote  plurals. 

REPORTERS'  LIST. 

RULES   FOR   READING  THE  NOMENCLATURE. 

The  figures  1,  2,  3,  refer  to  the  position  as  being  above  the  line 
or  first  position,  on  the  line  or  second  position,  through  or  below 
the  line  or  third  position.  The  figure  is  placed  immediately  after 
the  character  which  governs  the  position  of  the  outline;  all  other 
strokes  or  attachments  are  to  be  joined  without  reference  to  posi- 
tion, and  to  accommodate  themselves  to  the  position  of  the  part  of 
the  outline  to  which  they  are  joined. 

Thus:  Yu  2D  means  that  Yu  is  placed  on  the  line  while  D  fol- 
lows below  it.  Yu  D2  would  mean  that  D  was  placed  on  the  line 
of  writing,  which  of  course,  would  bring  the  Yu  above  the  line 
as  Yu  must  be  at  the  beginning  any  way:  Is  T  2,  Is  T  1,  Is  T  3, 
Is  2  T,  Is  4  T;  K  P  1,  K  P  2,  K  P  3,  K  2  P,  K  4  P.  Thus  giving 
five  positions  according  to  the  part  of  the  character  which  is  to  be 
placed  in  position. 

When  not  otherwise  specified,  the  first  sloping  stroke  is  on 
the  line. 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC. 


139 


ability,  Blet  1 
iible  to,  Blet  2 
absurd-ity,  Bes  2  Ard 
abundant-ly,  Bend  2 
accord  ing- ly-to,  Kred  1 
acccpt-ed-atiou,  Spet  3 
accuracy,  Ker  3 
acknowledge,  K  J  2 
accident,  Sdent  2 
abstract-ed,  Bes  3  Ter 
acquaint-cd-ance,  K  2  Net 
acquisition,  Kaseshon  1 
iidminister-ed,  Dees  3  Ter 
admit-ed-ance,  D  1  Met 
advantage,  J  2 
adventure,  Def  3  Enter 
advanc-ed,  Def  3 
affect-ed,  F  3 
affection-ate,  Fshon  3 
after,  Fet  2 

afterward,  Fet  2  Werd 
aggregate-d-tion,  Ger  2  Ga 
also,  La  2  S 
alkali,  El  Kel2 
alphabet,  La  2  F  Bet 
along,  Ing  3 
always,  La  2  Was 
amalgamate-d-ation,  Mel  2  Ga 
am,  M  2 
America,  M  2  K 
amount,  Ment  2 
and,  Dot  2 

antagonist-ic-ism,  Net  3  Ga 
anticipate-d-ion,  Nets  Pet  3 
auy  other,  Enther  1 
any,  N  1 

any  body,  N  1  Bed 
announcement,  Nen  3 
annual,  Nel  3 


applicant,  Plent  3 
applicable,  Pel  3  K 
appliance,  Plens  3 
apprehend,  Prend  3 
appearance,  Paens  1 
apprehension,  Pren  3 
April,  Prel  2 
appropriate,  Per  2  Pret 
approve-d,  Pref  3 
approximate,  Pres  1  Met 
awe  of,  Deftoid  1 
awful,         do. 
arithmetic-ian-al,  Ka  2  Ith 
are  of,  Ref  2 
assistance,  S  2  1st 
assignment,  S  1  Ent 
astonish-ed-ment,  Est  1 
assure,  Sher  3 
as  has,  Ses  2 
as  possible,  Spes  1 
attainment,  T  Ment  3 
attainable,  Ten  3  Bel 
at  length,  Tien  3 
at  all,  Tel  3 
until,  Tel  3 
at  our  own,  Tren  3 
at  first,  Test  3 
auspicious,  SIP 
authentic,  Thent  1  K 
authority,  Thret  1 
August,  Gast  1 
adjust,  Jast  2 
avoid -ed-ance,  Ved  1 
average,  V  2  J 
avocation,  Vshon  3 
aware,  Wei  3 
away,  Wa  3 
aware  of,  Werf  3 


140 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


bank-rupt-cy-able,  B  3  lag 
balance,  Blens  3 
be,  B2 

become,  B  2  K 
because,  Kas  1 
before,  Bef  2 
between,  Ten  1 
begin,  Gen  1 


begun,  Gen  2 
began,  Gen  3 
behind.  Bend  1 
belong,  Bel  1 
behold,  Beld  2 
beneficial-ry-ence,  Ben  2  F 
benevolent-ce,  B  N  2  V 
brother,  Ber  3 


capacious-ly,  K  P  3 
carpenter,  Ker  Pent  3 
Christian-ity,  Kren  1 
careful,  Kref  2 
capacity,  K  P  3J 
capable,  K  B  2 

caused,  Kas  D  2  (cost,  Kast  1) 
calcnlate-ble-ion,  Kel  3 
certify,  Sert  1  F 
certain,  Sert  2 
care,  Ker  2 
challenge,  Chel  2  J 
chamber,  Cha  2  Ber 
characteristic,  Kers  2  K 
character,  Ker  2  K 
chapter,  Cha  3  Pet 
cheerful,  Cherf  1 
citizen,  Ste  1 
circular,  Iss  Rel  2 
circumstance,  Stens  3 
circle,  Srel  2 
combine-d-ation,  Ben  1 
come,  K  2 
common,  K  1 
collateral-ly,  K  2  Later 


complexion,  Pelshon  2 
comprehension,  Pren  2 
comprehensible,  Prens  2 
commence,  Ens  2 
commerce-ial-ly,  K  2  Mer 
consequentially,  Sken  1 
consequence,  Skens  1 
constituent,  Ste  Tent  1  (loop) 
contemplate-d-ion,  T  2  Emp 
contraction,  Tershon,  3 
correct-ed,  Ker  1 
correspond-ence-ent,  Kers 

Pendl 
country,  K  2 
countrymen,  Ken  1 
countryman,  Ken  2 
county,  Kent  2 
county  court,  Kent  2  K 
convenient,  Ven  1 
conspicuous,  Spe  1  K 
criminate-d-1-ality,  Ker  1  Men 
cross  examine,  Kers  1  Men 
curious,  Kers  3 
custom,  Kas  2  M 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC. 


141 


D. 


day  or  two,  Dret  2 
dark,  Der  3 
during,  do. 
danger,  Jer  2 
December,  Des  2  M 
declare-d-ation,  D  2  Kler 
defendant,  D  2 
defensive,  Def  2 
deponent,  D  2  Pen 
dictionary,  Dshon  2  Ea 
delight,  Diet  1 
delinquency,  Dlen  1 
delinquent,  Dlent  1 
deliver-ed-y,  Del  2 
denominate-d-ion,  Den  1 
denunciation  ory,  D  2  Nen 
departed-ture-ment-mental,  D 

2Pret 

depend-ent-ence,  D  2  Pent 
description,  Skershon  1 
descriptive,  Skref  1 
designate-d-ion,  Des  2  Ga 
disappoint-ed-ment,Des  1  Pent 
determine-d-ation,  D  2  Tren 
develop-ed-ment,  Def  2  P 


devolve-d,  Def  V 
direct,  Der  2 
describe,  Sker  1 
difference,  Def  2 
dignity -fy-ed,  D  1  Ga 
dominate-d-ation,  D  1  Men 
director,  Der  2  Ter 
discharge,  Des  2  Ch 
district,  Des  2  Tret 
distinguish-ed,  Dest  2  Ng 
distinct,  Dest  2 
disturb,  Destr2 
distribute,  Destr  1 
divine,  Def  1 
difficulty,  Kel  2 
did  not,  Dent  1 
diminish-ed-ution,  D  Men  2 
dollar,  D  1 
do,  D2 
do  not,  Dent  2 
doctor,  Der  1 
direction,  Dershon  2 
duplicate,  D  3  Pie 
during,  Der  3 
duration,  Dershon  3 


142 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND    METHOD. 


E. 


earnestly,  Ra  2  Ens  El 
(erroneously,  Ra  1  Ens  El) 

efficient-ly-cy,  F  2  Sha 

effect-ed,  F  2 

electric-al-ity-ian,  El  2  K. 

electrotype,  El  2  K  P 

elsewhere,  Las  R  2 

empanel,  Emp  Nel  2 

endeavor,  N  Def  2 

England,  Ingend  1 

engage-ment,  N  J  2 

English,  Ing  1 

enlarge,  N  J  3 

entangle-d-ment,  Ent-Ing  2 

entire,  Enter  1 

envelope,  N  V  2  P 

enthusiast-ic-ical-ically,  N 
Ithses  2 

entitle  d,  N  1  T 

essential-ly,  S  2  N 

especial-ly,  S  2  P 

astablish-ed-ment,  Est  2 

Esquire,  S  2  K 

eternal-ly-ity,  Tren  2 

Europe,  R  2  P 

evangelist-ize-ical,  Jel  2 


ever,  V  1 
evident-ce,  Ved  2 
every,  Ver  2 
everywhere,  Ver  2  R 
every  one,  Yern  2 
exact,  Sket  3 
excellence-y,  Kas  2  Len 
except-ed,  Sept  2 
exhibit-ed,  Sbet  1 
exhibition,  Sbeshon  1 
expend  ed-iture,  Kas  Pend  2 
experience-d,  Sprens  2 
explaiu-ed-ation,  Splen  2 
exist-ence,  Ses  T  2 
extemporary -neous,  Stemp  Ra 
exterior,  Kast  2 
extreme,  STer  2 
extraction,  Ster  3 
extravagant,  Stref,  3 
expect,  Spe  2 
extinguish-ed,  Kas  T  2 
express,  Spers  1 
expensive,  Spens2 
extract,  Ster  3 
extraordinary,  Ster  1  Ard 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


143 


F. 


fact,  F  2 

familiar-arity,  F  2  M 
family,  Mel  3 
February,  F  2  B 
financial-cier,  Fen  2  N 
first  rate,  Ste  Ra  T  2 
first,  Ste  loop  2 
F.  O.  B.,  F  2  B 
for,  F  2 
forge-ery,  F  J 

gentlemen  of  the  jury,  Jet  2 

Jer 

general-ly,  Jen  2 
gentlemen,  Jent  1 
gentleman,  Jent  2 


G. 


forget,  Fer  Get  2 
forward,  F  2  Werd 
for  our  own,  Fren  3 
fraternally,  Fratern  2 
from  time  to  time,  M  1  M 
from,  Fer  2 
frequency,  Fren  1 
future,  Fet  3 
fnrnish-ed-ture,  Fren  2 


give,  Ga  1 
glory,  Gel  2 
govern-ed-ment,  Gef  2 
gracious-ly-ness,  Ger  Ish  2 


H. 


habeas  corpus,  Ha  2  Ker 
had,  D  3 
have,  V  2 
hope,  P  3 
have  it,  Vet  2 
have  been,  Ven  2 
has  it,  Zed  2 
hesitate-d-ion,  do. 
headquarters,  Hed  2  Wartrs 


her,  R  1 

hereafter,  Ra  2  Fet 
heard,  Ard  2 
however,  V  3 
home,  M  3 
house,  Iss  3 
hope  to  have,  Pef  3 
human,  Men  3 
him.  M  2 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


identical,  Det  1  Kel 
imagine-d-ation,  Jen  3 
impenetrable,  Emp  2  Ent 
important,  Emp  1 
improvement,  Emp  2 
immediate,  Med  1 
impossible,  Emps  1 
immoral,  Merl  1 
immortal,  Mert  1 
impatience,  Empshons  2 
indefinite,  End  F  2 
indispensible,  End  Spens  2 
incline-d-ation,  N  1  Klen 
in  accordance,  N  1  Krends 
infinitesimal -ly,  Neft  1 
indemnity-ify,  End  M 
indifferent-ence,  N  Def  2 
independence,  End  Pends  2 
interrogatory,  Ent  1  Ga 
individual-ality,  End  1  Ved 
indiscreet,  Ends  1  Ket 
infringe-d-er-ment,  N  Fren  2 
indivisible,  End  1  Ves 
information,  Nshon  1 
indulge-ence,  End  J  2 
inspect-ed-tion,  N  Spe  2 
investigation,  N  Vesesbon  2 
invalid-ity,  N  Vied  2 
involve-d,  N  V  1 
inferior,  N  1  F 


invite-d-ation,  N  Vet  1 
inexpedient,  N  Kas  Pent  2 
intrinsic,  Entern  1 
in  stock,  Ens  K  1 
inherit,  N  1  Art 
inscribe,  N  Ska  1 
instinct-ive-ly,  Enst  1 
insolvent-cy,  Ins   La   Ven  2 

(back  hook) 
inquire,  N  1  Wer 
in  consideration,     In     (back 

hook)  Sdershon 
in  order,  Nerd  1 
interfere,  Net  F  1 
intelligent,  Net  Jent  1 
interior,  Net  1 
interrogatory,  Net  1  Ga 
insignificant,  Ens  1  Ga 
into,  N  T  2 
in  all,  Nel  1 
intellectual,  Net  1  Ket. 
internal,  Ter  1 
irregular,  E  Ga  2 
irrational,  Bashon  1 
irrelevant,  Eel  V  1 
irresistible,  E  Ses  2  T 
irrespective,  Ars  2  Pef 
is,  Iss  1 
it  would,  Tet  3 


January,  J  2  N 
Jefferson,  J  2  Fer 
joint  stock,  Jet  1  Ska 
judicial-ry,  Jed  1  Sha 
jurisdiction,  Jerseshon  2 


jury,  Jer  3 
junior,  Jer  3 
justice,  Jast  2 
juvenile,  Jev  3 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC. 


145 


kingdom,  K  1 
knowledge,  N  J  2 


large,  J  3 
latitude,  La  2  Tet 
learn,  Len  2 
legal,  La  Gel  2 
legible,  La  2  J 
legitimate-ly,  La  2  Jet 
long,  Ing  3 


machine,  M  Ish  2 
machinery,  M  Ish  2  Ra 
magnet-ic-ism,  M  2  Gen 
magnificent-ly,  M 1  Ga 
majesty-ic,  M  Jast  2 
majority,  M  1  Jert 
malicious-ly-ness,  Mel  Ish  2 
maturity,  Met  2  Ret 
maxim,  Ems  2  M 
manuscript,  M  N  Ska  1  pet 
may  have  been,  Empen  2 
manage-er-ment,  M  N  J  2 
manufactnre-d-ory,  M  N  F  2 
manifest,  M  Ens  1 
market,  M  3  Ket 
Mass.,  Ems  3 
men,  Men  1 
man,  Men  2 
meanwhile,  M  1  Nel 
March,  M  Ch  3 


K. 


L. 


knew,  N  2  Chetoid 


liberty,  Ber  1 
licentious-ness,  Els  N  2 
little,  Let  1 
length,  Ing  3 
looker  on,  La  3  Kren 
Lord,  Ard  1 


M. 


measure-d-ment,  Zher  3 
mechanic-al,  M  2  K 
memorandum,  M  2  M 
mention,  Mshon  2 
Mdse,  M  Des  2 
mercy,  Mer  2 
messenger,  Ems  Jer  2 
mistake,  Ems  K  1 
million,  Mel  1 
minimum,  Men  1  M 
misdemeanor,  Ems  D  1 
misfortune,  Ems  1  Fret 
moral,  Merl  2 
mortal,  Mert  2 
mortgage,  Mer  Ga  1 
mortgagee,  Mer  Ga  J  2 
mortification,  Mert  F  2 
movement,  Ment  3 
much,  Cha  3 
multitude,  Melt  2 
morning,  Men  1 


146 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


N. 


necessary,  Enses  2 
neglect,  N  Ga  2 
negligence,  N  Gel  2 
never,  N  1 
new,  N  2  Chetoid 
N.  Y.,  N  Ya  3 
next,  Nest  2 

object,  B  2 
obligation,  Belshon  2 
obscure-d-ity,  Bes  2  K 
observe-d-ation,  Bes  2  Ra 
only,  Nel  2 
opinion,  Nen  1 
of,  Petoid  1 

particular-ly,  Pret  1 
pleasure,  Zher  2 
principal-pie,  Per  2 
painful,  Pen  2  F 
parallel,  Prel  2 
party,  P  3 

patronage,  Pet  3  Ra  J 
penetrable,  Pet  Ra  Bl,  2 
Penn.,  Pes  2  V 
people,  Pel  2 
perform,  Per  1  Fer 
pernicious,  Pren  1 
perpendicular,  Per  2  Pen 
perpetual-ate-ity,  P  2  Ra  Pet 
perspective,  Pers  2  Pef 
phenomena,  Fen  2  M 
perfect-  ed  ly,  Perf  1 
plaintiff,  Plent  2 
popular,  P  2  P 


O. 


P. 


nominate-d-nation,  N  M  1 
North,  Ner  1 
North-east,  Nerst  1 
nothing,  N  Ith  2 
notification,  N  Fshon  2 
Nov.,  N  V2 


order,  Rder  1 
organ,  Gen  1 
original,  Ra  Jen  2 
ornament,  Ren  2  Ment 
overwhelm,  Ver  La  2 
over,  Ver  1 
or,  Tetoid  1 

possible,  P  1 
powerful,  P  3  Ref 
predominant,  Pred  1  Men 
prejudice-ial,  Per  2  Jed 
premium,  Per  2  M 
preliminary,  Prel  1. 
privilege,  Vel  2 
preparatory-ed-ation,    Per     2 

PRet 

prescription,  Pers  1  Kashon 
problem,  Per  1  B 
probably,  Per  1  B 
profit,  Preft  1 
promulgate,  Mel  2 
proper-ty,  Per  1 
proprietor,  Per  1 
public,  P  2  B 
punish-ed-ment,  Pen  2 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


14? 


Quite,  Ket  1 

qualification,  Kel  Fshon  2 
quality,  Klet  1  or  K  Let 

rather,  Ether  3 
real,  Eel  1 
remittance,  E  1  Met 
representative,  Ea  2  P 
republic,  Ea  2  P  B 
respect,  Eas  2  P 
respectful,  Eas  2  Pef 


Q- 


E. 


question,  Ken  2 
questionable,  Ken  2  B 


recollect,  Ea  2 
regular,  Ea  2  Ga 
require,  Ea  1  "Wer 
return,  Eetern  2 
railroad,  Eel  D  2 
responsible-ity,  Eas  Pens  2 


satisfy-ied-factory,  Ste  3 
sadness,  Iss  Dens  3 
seclude,  Sklet  3 
secretary,  Skret  2 
settle-d-ment,  Iss  T  2  La 
September,  Spet  2  M 
several,  Iss  V  2 
set  off,  Stef  1 
set  forth,  Stef  2 
shall,  Ish  2 
signify-ied,  Iss  Ga  1 
significance,  Iss  Gen  1 
similar,  Sem  1 
single,  Sing  1 
scientific,  S  Ent  1 
skillful,  sklef  1 
solvent-cy,  Sla  Ven  2 
somebody,  Semp  2 
something,  Iss  M  Ing  2 
somewhat,  Smet  1 
sometime,  Smet  2 
Southern,  Iss  THen  2 
spirit,  Spret  1 


spiritual,  Sper  1 
special -ly-ty,  Spe  3 
speak,  Spe  3 
spoken,  Spen  1 
stenographer-ic,  Ste  (loop)  N  2 
strange,  Stren  2 
stranger,  Ster  2  Jer 
superior,  Spe  1 
subordinate,  Sbee  1 
subject,  Sbee  2 
suggest,  Iss  J  2 
subscribe,  Iss  B  Ska  2 
suspicious,  Ses  P  1 
suspect,  Ses  P  2 
support,  Spe  Eet 
substantial,  Sbe  Sten 
superintend-ent-ed,  Sprent  2 
surprise,  Spers  2 
system,  Ses  T  2 
supreme  court,  Sper  2  Kret 
sufficient,  Iss  F  Sha 
successful,  Ska  Ses  2  F 
selection,  Slashon  2 


148 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


take,  T  2 

technical-ly-ity,  T  2  K 

telegraph-y-ic-ically,  Tel2Ger 

telegram,  Tel  2  Ger 

tenement,  T  2  Ment. 

terminate-d-ion,  Ter  2  Men 

testament,  Tes  2  Ment 

testimony,  Tes  2  M  N 

thank,  Ith  3 

than,  Then  3 

thankful,  Thef  3  (F  hook) 

that,  Thet  1 

there,  Ther  2 

there  would,  Therd  3 

them,  The  2 

though,  The  3 

thing,  Ing  1 

think,  Ith  2 


up,  P2 

unconscious-ly-ness,  N  Ish  2 
unfortunate-ly-ness,  N  1  Fret 
United  States,  Nses  1 
universal-ly,  Vers  2  La 
unless,  Nels  1 
upon,  Pen  2 


U. 


through,  There  2 

these,  Thes  1 

this,  Thes  2 

thousand,  Ith  3 

time;  M  1  or  T  in  phrases 

to,  Petoid  2 

to  our,  Pretoid  2 

to  us,  Petoids  2 

to  have,  Peftoid  2 

tolerable,  Tier  1  Bel 

took,  T3 

told,  Telt  2 

transcribe,  Ters  1  K 

transcription,  Ters  1  Skashon 

transfer-ed,  Ters  2  F 

truth,  Ter  2 

truthful,  Tref  2 


upon  his,  Pens  2 

under,  End  2 

until,  Tel  3 

us,  S3 

useful-ly-ness,  Sef  3  (hook) 

understood,  Ends  2  Tet 

understand,  Ends  2  Tent 


validity,  V  2  Eld 
value,  Vel  3 
very,  Ver  2 
verdict,  Verd  2  Ket 
vengeance,  V  2  Jaa 


virtue,  Vert  2 
Virginia,  V  2  J 
visible,  Ves  1 
void-ance,  Ved  1 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


140 


w. 


warrant,  Wernt  1 
warrantable,  Wernt  1  B 
welcome,  Wei  2  K 
whether,  Wather  2 
we,  We  1 
were,  We  2 
what,  Wu  1 
would,  Wu  2 
we  are,  Wer  1 
where,  Wer  2 


year,  Ye  1 
yet,  Ye  2 
you,  Yu  2 
your,  Ya  2 
yours,  Yas  2 


zigzag,  Zes  2  G 


Y. 


Z. 


which,  Cha  2 
who,  Jedoid  2 
whoever,  Jeftoid  2 
will,  La  2 
with,  We  1 
with  me,  Wem  1 
within,  Then  1 
without,  Thet  2 
witness,  Tens  1 


yesterday,  Ester  2 
you,  Yu  2 
yon  do,  Yu  2  D 
you  shall,  Yu  2  Ish 


150 


SYNTHETIC  SHOKTHAXD  METHOD. 


Words  of  similar  construction,  but  distinguished  by  difference 
of  Outline  or  Position. 


[apparition,  P  1  Rasbon 
I  portion,  Pershon  '2 
I  Parisian,  P  2  Rasbon 
I  apportion,  Pershon  3 
[pertain,  Per  2  Ten 
I  appertain,  P  2  Ret  N 
f  appropriation,  Per  2  Pershon 
(proportion,  Pre  2  Pshon 
(prepared,  Pre  2  P  Ret 
(purport-ed,  Per  2  P  Ret 
("perhaps,  purpose,  Per  2  Pers 
(purpose,  P  2  Pes 

(prohibit-cd,  Per  1  Bet  (dis- 
joined) 
probate,  Per  2  Bet  (disjoined) 
("promise,  Per  1  Ms 
(premise,  Per  2  Ms 
"prominent-cy-ce,  Per  1  Men 
permanent,  Per  2  Men 
preeminent-ly,  Per  2  Men  Ent 
prompt,  Per  1  Met 
permit-ted,  Per  2  Met 
promote-d,  Per  3  Met 
paternal-ly,  Pet  2  Ren 
patron,  Pet  2  Tien 
pattern,  Pet  3  Ren 


prediction,  Pred  1  Kashon 

protection,  Pret  2  Kashon 

production,  Per  2  Deshon 

predict,  Pred  1  Ket 

predicate,  Pred  1  Ket 

product,  Per  2  D 
("birth,  B  2  Ra  Ith 
(breath,  Ber  2  Ith 
f  beneficial,  Ben  2  F 
|  beneficient,  B  N  2  F 
1  benevolent,  B  N  2  V 
(abandon-ed,  Ben  2  Den 
(abundant,  Bend  2  Ent 

traitor,  Ter  2  Ter 

trader,  Tret  2  R 

Tartar,  Tret  3  R 

daughter,  D  1  Ter 

auditor,  Det  I  R 

debtor,  Det  2  R 

doubter,  Det  3  R 

editor,  D  2  Ter 
fdetrinient-al,  D  2  Ter 
(detract,  D  3  T«T 
Jdeterred,  D  2  'iret 
(down  trodden,  D  3  Tret 
("dominate  d-nation,  D  1  Men 
|  diminish-ed-ution,  D  -  Men 
[admonish-ed-tion,  D  3  Men 


KEYS. 

PREFIXES,  PAGE  71. 

Line  1 .  condition,  combat,  cognate,  inconvenience,  incognito, 
in  comparison,  in  conducting. 

Line  2.  committee,  comply!  contend,  confuse,  conduct,  com- 
mission, accompany,  anxious,  unconstrained,  in  compliance. 

Line  3.  in  conjunction,  common  consent,  confession,  conven- 
tion. 

Line  4.  reconcile,  recognize,  recompense,  reconnoiter,  recon- 
sider, recumbent. 

Line  5.  and  content,  I  commit,  I  conceive,  I  consider,  [and 
compel,  and  conduce. 

KEY  TO  PAGE  72. 

Line  1.  contravene,  contradance,  contraband,  contradistinc- 
tion, controversy,  countersink,  counterpoise,  counterbalance,  con- 
tra wise. 

Line  2.  forever,  forenoon,  forefather,  foretell,  foresee,  foretop, 
forewarn,  foreclose,  forescore. 

Line  3.  introduce,  intermittent,  intervene,  antimony,  ante- 
date, antecedent,  intermix. 

Line  4.  intervene,  intermeddle,  interline,  interdict,  intercede, 
intertwine,  intermarriage. 

Line  5.  magnificent,  magna  charta,  magnitude,  magnify,  mag- 
netic, magnanimous. 

Line  6.  selfish,  selfeducate,  self-denial,  selfish,  self-condemn, 
self-taught,  self-control,  self-possession. 

Line  7.  unrecognized,  unrecognition,  unrecompensed,  unre- 
concilable,  withdraw,  withstand. 

AFFIXES,  PAGE  73. 

manliness,  stateliness,  Godliness.  Line  1 .  sensible,  fashionable, 
favorable,  amenable,  tenable,  accountable,  profitable,  peacefulness, 
nobleness,  doubtfulness. 

Line  2.    Carefulness,  faithfulness,  wrathfulness. 
[151] 


152          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

Line  3.  Painful,  awful,  hateful,  forever,  whenever,  carry-on, 
looker-on,  thereon. 

Line  5.  But  not,  or  not,  if  not,  have  not,  may  not,  we  may 
not,  can  not,  will  not,  but  are  not. 

Line  6.  Last  session,  next  session,  evening  session,  morning 
session,  this  session,  in  session. 

Line  7.  Because  there,  and  there,  that  there,  could  there,  with 
there,  let  there,  pass  there,  raise  there,  fight  their. 

Line  8.  hopeful,  baneful,  manfully,  mindful,  disdainful,  joy- 
ful, careful. 

Line  9.  Making  there,  taking  their,  finding  their,  raising  their, 
sending  their,  seeming  there,  exceeding  their,  knowing  their. 

KEY  TO  PAGE  74. 

Line  1.  Doing  the,  making  the,  finding  the,  sending  the,  lay- 
ing the,  taking  the,  running  the,  sowing  the. 

Line  2.  Doing  a,  making  a,  finding  a,  sending  a,  laying  a, 
taking  a,  running  and,  saying  a. 

Line  3.  Take  it,  make  it,  do  it,  have  it,  sew  it,  use  it,  write  it, 
book  it,  hook  it,  pick  it,  rake  it. 

Line  4.  Some  other,  my  other,  any  other,  no  other,  several 
other. 

Line  5.  Lordship,  friendship,  penmanship,  judgeship,  steward- 
ship, carelessness,  lawlessness,  instrumental,  fundamental. 

Line  6.  Psychology,  theology,  sociology,  geology,  physiology, 
minerology,  doxology,  biology,  zoology,  philology. 

Line  7.     whithersoever,  whatsoever,  whencesoever. 

KEY  T.O  PAGE  77. 

Line  1.  illegal,  legal,  illegitimate,  legitimate,  illogical,  logical, 
immaterial,  material. 

Line  2.  Immature,  mature,  immeasurable,  measurable,  immem- 
orial, memorial,  immigrate,  migrate. 

Line  3.  Immigration,  migration,  immoderate,  moderate,  im- 
modest, modest,  immoral,  moral. 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMAfflC.  153 

Line  4.  immortal,  mortal,  immovable,  movable,  immutable, 
mutable,  irredeemable,  redeemable. 

Line  5.  irrelevant,  relevant,  irregular,  regular,  reparable,  ir- 
reparable, resistible,  irresistible. 

Line  G.  resolute,  irresolute,  respective,  irrespective,  responsi- 
ble, irresponsible,  irreverent,  reverent,  reconcilable,  irreconcilable. 

Line  7.     unnecessary,  necessary,  illegible,  legible. 

KEY  TO  PAGE  78. 

Line  1.  Delay,  tea,  peace,  decay,  labor,  rebel,  jay,  gay,  caper, 
are. 

Line  2.  Yea,  lay,  layer,  base,  bed,  dead,  jet,  art,  let,  bread, 
tread. 

Line  3.  dread,  deeper,  elm,  decline,  recline,  later,  word,  emp- 
ty, robber,  turkey. 

Line  4.  pity,  ready,  lady,  pica,  Topeka,  penal,  below,  rally, 
pulley,  tally. 

Line  5.     goods,  -written. 

Line  8.  calcamine,  biography,  abbreviation,  infernal,  short- 
hand, Tennessee. 

Line  9.  injector,  intimation,  effervescent,  janitor,  watchman, 
veterinary. 

Line  10.  utterly,  truly,  uppercase,  likely,  mimicry,  epoch, 
dicky. 

Line  11.  epigram,  bruno,  Epworth,  worthy,  prickly,  ugly, 
adder. 

KEY  TO  PAGE  79. 

Line  1.  accident,  except,  accept,  experience,  express,  extreme, 
exist,  exhibit,  examine. 

Line  2.     anxiety,  anxious. 

Line  8.  transaction,  transcend,  transfer,  transmit,  transmute, 
transit,  pensive,  counsel,  pencil. 

Line  4.  subscribe,  discord,  inscribe,  descry,  proscribe,  tran- 
scribe. 

Line  5.     pumped,  dumped, camped,  jumped, scrimped,  thumped. 


154  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 

Line  6.  postpone,  mostly,  ghastly,  justly,  last  week,  next 
week,  in  stock. 

Line  7.  beastly,  honestly,  domestic,  pessimistic,  mystic,  mis- 
take. 

Practice: 

8.  It  is  a  mistake  for  the  domestic  to  be  so  pessimistic. 

9.  The  transaction  for  the  transmission  of  the  subscription  was 
made  last  week. 

10.  The  experience  of  extreme  mistakes  in  counsel  should  be 
avoided. 

11.  The  counsellor  jumped  onto  the  scamp  and  thumped  his 
nostril. 

12.  To  postpone  to  next  week  what  we  should  do  to-day  is  an 
extremely  bad  mistake. 

KEY  TO  PAGE  80. 

Line  1.  Some  of  the  time,  close  of  the  day,  last  of  the  sup- 
plies, several  of  the  boys. 

Line  2.  one  of  the  most,  part  of  the  money,  variety  of  caust  s, 
some  of  the  men. 

Line  3.  part  of  a  loaf,  son  of  a  preacher,  said  of  a  man,  notice 
of  a  meeting,  word  of  God. 

Line  4.  I  intend  to  be,  ought  to  be,  to  make,  to  go,  to  think, 
to  say,  to  sell,  to  hurry. 

Line  5.  able  to  go,  failed  to  make,  in  the  world,  rich  and  poor, 
more  and  more,  wise  and  good,  in  and  out. 

Line  6.  far  and  near,  now  and  then,  over  and  above,  hand  in 
hand,  case  in  hand,  friend  in  need,  through  and  through,  up  and 
down. 

Line  7.  to  have  been,  shall  have  been,  may  have  done,  you 
have  been,  on  the  subject,  can  not  have  done,  must  have  done,  I 
have  been,  which  have  been. 

Line  8.  on  the  one  hand,  on  the  other  hand,  in  the  spirit, 
more  or  less,  on  the  one  side,  greater  or  less,  sooner  or  later. 

Line  9  week  or  ten  days,  in  relation  to,  in  regard  to,  it  seems 
to  me,  in  conjunction,  according  to. 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMANIC.  155 

Line  10.  seeing  you,  thinking  you,  hoping  you,  thanking  you, 
making  .you,  sending  you,  allowing  you,  stating  that,  knowing 
that,  saying  that,  believing  that,  hearing  that. 


KEY  TO  TICK  PHRASES. 

Line  1.  I,  I  may,  I  write,  I  am,  I  will,  I  do,  I  was,  I  know,  I 
think. 

Line  2.     I  hope,  I  had,  I  said,  I  see,  I  say,  I  use,  I  never,  I  ever. 

Line  3.  he  does,  he  says,  he  thinks,  he  shall,  he  had,  he  have, 
he  has,  as  he,  as  he  has,  he  has  a. 

Line  4.  he  will,  he  may,  he  and,  he  rakes,  he  rose,  should  he, 
should  he  do. 

Line  5.  and  I  was,  and  I  am,  and  I  shall,  and  I  may,  and  I 
would,  and  I  could,  and  I  think,  and  I  was. 

Line  G.  how  many,  how  any,  how  can,  how  does,  how  much, 
how  long,  how  shall,  how  are,  however. 

Line  7.  know  the,  can  the,  which  the,  will  the,  say  the,  are 
the,  if  the,  for  the,  however  the. 

Line  8.  on  the,  to  the,  but  the,  could  the,  should  the,  who 
the,  hut  the,  make  the. 

Line  9.  and  on,  and  should,  and  the,  and  how,  and  I,  and 
but,  and  a,  and  to  a,  and  to,  and  to  the. 

Line  10.  and  if  the,  and  for  the,  and  if  a,  and  for  a,  and  in  a, 
and  in  the,  and  which  the,  and  do  the,  and  when  the,  and  in  all 
the. 

Line  11.  and  since  a,  and  make  a,  and  make  the,  and  though 
a,  and  though  the,  and  where  a,  and  where  the. 

Line  12.  (He  and  Should.)  should  he,  he  should,  and  should 
he,  and  he  should. 

KEY  TO  SIMPLE  PHRASES. 

Line  1.  You  will  do.  We  have  no.  We  think.  When  they 
will.  Do  come.  Which  you  are.  In  fact. 

Line  2.  Which  you.  Do  you.  Think  you.  Have  you?  Make 
you.  May  come.  Do  go.  In  this. 


156  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 

Line  3.  As  you  are.  In  my  opinion.  In  which  you.  Do  you  ? 
Common  advantage.  Go  along. 

Line  4.  They  may.  That  which  you.  Can  you  ?  In  these. 
Very  important.  We  think.  With  them. 

Line  5.  I  think.  By  your  language.  I  have  no.  Do  you 
hear?  Are  you  sure?  I  am  sure.  We  think  that  you  will. 

Line  6.  I  am  sorry.  And  this.  And  do.  And  some.  And 
when.  And  one.  And  for.  And  those. 

Line  7.  Fix  the.  Make  the.  Send  the.  When  the.  Let  the. 
Give  the.  Have  the.  Which  the. 

Line  8.  Can  the.  They  and.  Your  letter.  Have  you  ?  Not- 
withstanding the.  Send  you. 

Line  9.  Come  up.  May  have.  Go  down.  No  advertisement. 
May  do.  Go  up.  Go  themselves. 

Line  10.  Togo.  To  make.  To  work.  To  sell.  To  face.  To 
think.  To  say. 

Line  1 1 .  Some  way.  Gate  way.  This  way.  In  this  way.  I 
may  call  you.  Always  go. 

Line  12.  In  my.  Any  of  those.  I  wish  you.  Do  not  think. 
That  does.  As  you  will  see.  By  the  way. 

Line  13.  and  do  the,  and  do  a,  and  which  the,  and  which  a, 
and  so  the,  aud  so  a,  and  where  the,  and  where  a,  and  by  the,  and 
by  a,  and  as  the,  and  as  a. 

Line  14.  on  the,  01*  a,  and  of  the,  and  of  a,  and  since  the,  and 
since  a,  and  by  which  the,  of  course,  does  the,  does  a. 

COMMERCIAL  PHKASES. 

Line  13.  under  date,  by  this  mail,  by  return  mail,  if  you  de- 
sire, it  will  be  satisfactory,  that  this  explanation,  we  shall  be  glad, 
we  shall  be  pleased,  we  hope  you  received. 

Line  14.  as  we  are,  we  hope  you  will,  (Your  favor  of  the  5th 
inst.),  in  response,  calling  your  attention,  we  shall  have  your,  we 
think  that  you  will  see  the. 

Line  15.  calling  the  attention,  in  your  opinion,  several  days 
ago,  that  we  have  your,  several  days  since,  we  will  ship  you  the, 
last  week,  we  beg  leave. 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  157 

Line  16.  they  will  reach  you,  we  inclose  you,  in  stock,  bill  of 
lading,  next  week,  in  favor,  will  say  that. 

Line  17.  upon  you,  if  you  can,  in  my  opinion,  if  you  will  be, 
we  received,  we  are  in;  with  interest. 

Line  18.  we  indorse,  with  indorsement,  my  dear  sir,  replying 
to  your  letter,  we  are  in  receipt,  replying  to  your  favor,  esteemed 
favor. 

Line  19.  referring  to  your  letter,  (In  response  to  yours  of  the 
Sthinst.),  we  are  in  receipt  of  your  favor  (We  are  in  receipt  of 
your  letter  and  contents  carefully  noted),  by  express. 

Line  20.  with  enclosure,  trusting  you,  trusting  that  you  will, 
acknowledge  receipt,  bill  of  exchange,  on  board,  F.  O.  B ,  we 
herewith. 

Line  21.  we  regret,  with  regard,  I  remain,  we  will  advise  you, 
please  advise  us,  C.  O.  D.,  remittance,  please  let  us  know. 

Line  22.  let  us  hear  from  you,  with  check,  New  York  draft, 
please  include,  if  there  is  anything,  statement  of  account,  in  your 
line. 

Line  23.  this  line,  in  your  line  of  business,  on  account  of,  please 
send  us,  sent  you  a,  sent  you  the,  I  hope  you  will  be,  and  will 
send  us  check,  we  must  say. 

Line  24.  send  us  check,  at  owner's  risk,  on  that  date,  of  this 
date,  on  sale,  account  sales,  I  am  glad,  price  list,  price  lists. 

Line  25.  you  are  aware,  receive  their,  in  answer  to  your  favor, 
we  beg  to  thank  you,  I  beg  to  advise  you,  I  trust  you  will  be,  we 
will  send  you. 

Line  26.     Please  send  us,  car  load,  by  freight. 

Line  27.  down  the,  send  the,  send  a,  sent  the,  sent  a,  as  in 
those,  as  possible,  as  this,  as  this  subject,  as  if,  as  those. 

Line  28.  may  the,  may  a,  we  thank  you,  we  have  sent,  we  can 
be,  we  do  the,  we  do  a,  with  which  the,  with  which  a,  as  per,  as 
soon  as. 

Line  29.  as  some,  as  there  is,  in  relation  to  the  facts,  we  do 
not  know  the,  we  do  not  see  the,  I  do  not  think,  I  did  not  think, 
in  this  matter,  in  your  mind. 

Line  30.  In  my  mind,  any  money  in  it,  he  and  I,  in  my  next, 
as  well  as,  for  all  there  is  in  it. 


158          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

UNIVERSAL  PHRASES. 

Line  31.  if  there  is  any,  if  there  is  any  one,  if  there  is  any 
one  else,  that  there,  it  has  come,  you  and  I,  not  in  the  least. 

Line  32.  60  miles  an  hour,  do  you  think  that  the,  for  the  last 
time,  for  the  first  time,  in  consideration,  in  consequence,  in 
some  cases. 

Line  33.  in  the  first  place,  must  not  be,  must  do  something, 
must  any,  must  not,  must  say,  any  other  thing. 

Line  34.  on  or  about,  it  would  appear,  would  it  not  be,  must 
be  made,  in  the  world,  in  this  world,  this  year,  next  year,  last 
year,  on  the  subject. 

Line  o5.  year  ago,  several  years,  for  several,  by  which  you 
may,  in  this  way,  in  every  way,  we  can,  we  can  see  no. 

Line  36.  on  the  part,  on  this  account,  can  you,  I  am  always, 
we  know  nothing,  we  know  your,  we  will  have,  it  is  not  necessary. 

Line  37.  let  us  proceed,  I  have  not,  I  have  been,  I  have  seen, 
I  have  sent,  I  have  several,  by  the  way,  anything  more,  so  far. 

Line  38.  as  far  as,  as  great  as,  as  good  as,  inasmuch  as,  as 
near  as  you  can,  in  this  instance,  under  the  circumstances,  did 
you  mention,  should  be. 

Line  39.  how  many,  it  would  appear  that,  it  would  be,  it 
would  not  be,  when  there  is  anything,  whenever  there  is,  is  there 
anything. 

Line  40.  another,  in  regard,  in  other  words,  in  my  opinion,  at 
any  rate,  at  our,  at  the  same  time,  for  some  time. 

Line  41.  at  all  events,  at  last,  at  least,  some  other,  some  other 
one,  for  the  sake,  more  or  less,  one  of  the  most. 

Line  42.  in  as  many  as  possible,  in  some  way,  in  some  place, 
in  order  that  you  may,  in  order  to  send  the,  in  order  to  have,  in 
order  to  find. 

Line  43.  in  regard  to  this,  in  regard  to  them,  in  regard  to 
that,  in  relation  to  the  facts,  in  relation  to  this,  in  relation  to 
your. 

Line  44.  best  of  the  kind,  date  of  the  letter,  amount  of  the 
bill,  loss  of  the  money,  change  of  the  program,  end  of  the  world. 


ORAHASf  AND   PITMANIC.  159 

Line  45.  looks  of  the  thing,  part  of  the  time,  most  of  tlie 
time,  last  of  the  week,  verdict  of  the  jury,  statement  of  the  busi- 
ness. 

Line  46.  subject  of  the  lesson,  work  "of  the  machine,  sale  of 
the  property,  features  of  the  business,  compliments  of  the  season, 
rules  of  the  school. 

Line  47.  end  of  the  contract,  facts  of  the  case,  list  of  the 
books,  size  of  the  bill,  part  of  the  cost,  Department  of  the  In- 
terior. 

Line  48.  end  of  the  rope,  day  of  the  week,  something  of  the 
kind,  nothing  of  the  kind,  cause  of  the  strike,  consent  of  the 
president. 

Line  49.  does  us,  thinks  us,  is  significant,  makes  us,  tells  us, 
uses  us,  takes  us,  this  is,  as  per,  goes  as,  sends  us,  lets  us. 

Line  50.  passes  us,  raises  us,  is  suspicious,  is  surprised,  is  sepa- 
rated, is  excepted,  is  accepted,  said  to  be,  is  seen,  it  has  been  said, 
j  nst  as  good  as. 

Line  51.  it  may  as  well  as,  itjseems  to  me,  it  is  well  known,  it 
might  be,  Northern  States,  Western  States,  Eastern  States,  South- 
ern States,  since  there. 

Line  52.  if  it  is  not  as  represented,  O.  K  ,  because  their,  and 
there,  behind  their,  upon  their,  as  soon  as  there,  and  you  think, 
in  his  experience. 

Line  53.  his  address,  in  his  speech,  in  the  spirit,  every  other 
one,  his  surprise. 

LEGAL  PHRASES. 

Line  54.  gentlemen  of  the  jury,  great  majority  of  cases,  House 
of  Representatives,  honorable  Senator,  in  the  course  of  this  de- 
bate, point  of  view,  learned  friend,  this  side  of  the  case,  party  of 
the  first  part. 

Line  55.  peculiar  circumstances  of  the  case,  place  of  business, 
President  of  the  United  States,  Sec.  of  Navy,  Sec.  of  State,  de- 
fendant, defensive,  witness,  plaintiff,  (incompetent,  irrelevant 
and  immaterial). 

Line  53.  demurrer,  Supreme  Court,  Supreme  Court  of  the  U. 
S  ,  next  session,  last  session,  Circuit  Court,  learned  judge,  attorney 
for  defendant. 


160          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

Line  57.  attorney  for  plaintiff,  counsel  for  plaintiff,  counsel 
for  defendant,  where  do  you  reside,  where  do  you  live,  do  you 
know  whether,  say  whether,  tell  whether,  what  is  your  age. 

Line  58.  do  you  know  whether  there  is?  in  this  case,  what  is 
your  name,  what  was  said,  how  old  are  you,  how  long  have  you 
lived  there,  what  is  your  occupation  ? 

Line  59.  what  is  your  business  ?  prisoner  at  the  bar,  affidavit, 
do  you  know  whether  there  was,  party  of  the  second  part. 

THEOLOGICAL  PHRASES  AND  ABBREVIATIONS. 

Line  60.  apostle,  angel,  archangel,  New  Testament,  old  testa- 
ment, Jesus  Christ,  Lord  God,  Almighty,  resurrection,  salvation, 
tran-substantiation,  religion. 

Line  61.  intercession,  Lord  and  Savior,  Jerusalem,  Israel, 
Jericho,  Holy  Spirit,  Jesus  of  Nazareth,  kingdom  of  heaven,  re- 
ligions life. 

Line  62.  words  of  the  text,  Christian,  Christian  era,  Christian 
character,  Baptist,  immersion,  consecrated,  Jewish. 

Line  63.  atonement,  word  of  God,  grace  of  God,  eternal,  eter- 
nal life,  amen. 

LIST  ONE. 
IDENTICAL  OUTLINES. 

Line  1.  tent,  then,  deacon,  trees,  tremor,  trend,  velvet,  vendee, 
ventricle,  verbal. 

Line  2.  verbatim,  weigher,  weighing,  went,  waste,  waiter, 
wren,  em,  penmen. 

Line  3.  empty,  arbor,  armor,  art,  fret,  being,  beget,  cable, 
cadet. 

Line  4.  can,  case,  entity,  casement,  cater,  purple,  center, 
essence,  charter. 

Line  5.  central,  chaste,  chaser,  cherish,  bread ;  breeze,  breezy, 
teas,  cleft,  clef,  cleanse. 

Line  6.  pen,  'commence,  commend,  comment,  compensation, 
compelled,  complete,  teacher,  complement,  treason,  completion, 
conjure. 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  161 

Line  7.  continent,  threat,  conversation,  crease,  well,  delay, 
welt,  decay,  waylay,  Katy,  pent. 

Line  8.  lender,  teakettle,  versed,  thirst,  spell,  penal,  arcade, 
curtain,  smell,  smelt,  germ. 

Line  9.  term,  further,  diminish,  later,  sleighbell,  dinner, 
wager. 

Line  10.  dreamer,  gaiter,  ration,  deeper,  shelter,  ember, 
shaker,  pre-emption. 

Line  11.  archer,  preacher,  fell,  relish,  murmur,  wafer,  waned, 
lens,  friend,  journal. 

Line  12.  kernel,  glen,  shirt,  pea,  bea,  tea,  jay,  kay,  gay,  ray, 
lay,  way. 

Line  13.  hay,  haste,  hays,  wen,  label,  labor,  lament,  layer, 
lady. 

Line  14.  races,  lazy,  lent,  let,  hatred,  hated,  bend,  pent,  tent, 
rent,  lender. 

Line  15.  debt,  debtor,  decent,  decree,  defense,  deft,  dement, 
dence,  dent,  descent,  interest,  dell. 

Line  16.  enter,  fens,  vent,  ferment,  fleece,  glee,  rays,  melt, 
meant,  more. 

Line  17.  nourishment,  pen,  penance,  penman,  permanent,  fen- 
der, beast,  pieced,  tremor. 

Line  18.  letter,  pretend,  prevent,  piece,  reft,  jet,  met,  felt, 
yen. 

Line  19.  reverent,  send,  sent,  slay,  suasion,  suspense,  sus- 
pender, tell,  temper,  tenant. 

NEARLY  IDENTICAL  OUTLINES. 

Line  1.  arbitrary,  arbitrate,  order,  arm,  ascend,  ascension, 
ashamed,  associate,  assert,  badly,  basket. 

Line  2.  basin,  basis,  bass,  battery,  boast-bust,  beacon,  bacon, 
bigger,  bosom. 

Line  3.  betray,  Babel,  biggest,  cabin,  cackle,  calamity,  clip- 
pers, candy. 

Line  5.  canker,  cannon,  canvass,  candid  carbon,  cashier,  cast, 
Chain. 


(J  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

Line  6.  chanced,  cherry;  checker,  chestnut,  normal,  banner, 
poker,  rebel,  grammar. 

Line  7.  redraw,  dairy,  deeply,  definite,  demand,  demeanor, 
deposition,  deprecation,  dessert,  devil. 

Line  3.  dedication,  devotion,  disburse,  embers,  hatchet,  heart, 
hospitable,  husband,  loafer,  payment,  persistent. 

Line  9.  writing,  reason,  rebel,  rusty,  pity,  repetition,  respond, 
reward,  Scotland,  theist. 

Line  10.  unpleasant,  unspeakable,  vested,  vessel,  way-bill, 
fatal,  vulgar,  wiggle,  Wednesday,  Thursday. 

Line  11.     winter,  wretched,  clicker,  correlative,  butcher. 

MEDIAL  VOWELS. 

Line  1.    cub,  tub,  dim,  dum,  dam,  dip,  dub,  dab,  pick,  Puck. 

Line  2.     pack,  mick,  muck,  Mack,  jig,  jug,  jag,  lick,  lake. 

Line  3.    lack,  gush,  gash,  rig,  rug,  rag,  disc,  dusk,  task. 

•Line  4.  ditch,  Dutch,  Dick,  duck,  tag,  store,  tale,  fog,  fake, 
fag,  fob. 

Line  5.    cob,  cub,  cab,  gasp,  cage,  nick,  neck,  knack. 

Line  6.  line,  lain,  loon,  leap-lip-lop,  lope,  lap,  leech,  latch, 
laughter. 

Line  7.  light-lot-lit,  late-let,  lute,  least,  lest,  last,  sneak,  tag, 
dole-dell-dull-dale,  tore,  waste. 

Line  8.    invest,  variety,  period,  vexed,  Bob,  deal,  dell,  bear. 

Line  9.  wine-win  wean,  woman,  wave,  wife,  woof,  witch, 
wake,  poke,  map,  match. 

Line  10.  mash,  meal-mill-maul-mile,  mole-male,  mule,  kneel- 
Nile,  null-knoll-knell-nail,  nib-nob,  neighbor,  path. 

Line  11.  pale  pole,  raid-red-rode,  rug,  pair,  wrote,  rub,  pump, 
punch,  push. 

Line  12.  rug,  shave,  chick-chalk-cheek,  cake-coke,  kick,  log, 
lug. 

Line  13.  cheap-chip-chop,  chub,  chap,  keep-kip- "cop,"  cape- 
cup-cope,  cap,  crab,  bleach,  blot,  please,  blade  bled-blowed -bloat, 
blood. 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC.  163 

Line  14.  blithe,  plows,  blower,  bore,  boast  bust-baste-best, 
past,  bait-bayed-bet-bed-boat-but-bid,  bees-boys,  bounce,  braze, 
brains,  brag,  brand-browned. 

Line  15.  brig,  broil,  breast,  bag,  bell-bale-bowl,  bored,  bathe, 
beach-botch,  batch,  beak-balk. 

Line  16.  beseech,  babe,  pope-pup,  pap,  black,  brief,  dome-dum- 
dame,  vamp,  thump,  limp. 

Line  17.  hemp,  chump,  dump,  wretch,  bush  rash,  rash 
wreathe. 

CONSONANTS  AND  VOWELS  IN  NATURAL  ORDER. 

Line  1.  looser,  madam,  lenten,  mole,  minister,  most,  mortem, 
marshal. 

Line  2.  nail,  men,  man,  mermaid,  metaphor,  more,  end,  min- 
istry, mitigate. 

Line  3.  pieced,  piece,  pacify,  payday,  past,  ploughman,  plump, 
putty,  pity,  pattie,  square,  paper. 

Line  4.  pent,  paradise,  parity,  pension,  passes,  paper-mill, 
passion,  pastry,  political,  press. 

Line  5.  precious,  quart,  screen.  Sunday,  Monday,  Tuesday, 
Wednesday,  Thursday,  Friday,  strain. 

Line  G.  rumor,  stove,  more,  tan,  tarred,  thatch,  tress-trace,  ulti- 
mate, initial,  unsold,  vacation. 

Line  7.  coaster,  comedy,  cane,  crouch,  crush,  comet,  concern, 
nine,  confront. 

Line  8.  crater,  Crosby,  abridgement,  bounty,  parody,  penant, 
brimstone,  faint,  blind,  blend,  bland. 

Line  9.  brave,  brief,  bran,  grief,  grave,  groove,  spin,  Spain, 
span,  ban,  band,  grain,  grand. 

Line  10.  render,  ray,  rostrum,  rumor,  rusty,  square,  refrain, 
renown. 

Line  11.  region,  recur,  rally,  relief,  serf,  ensign,  reproof, 
sleeper,  stationary,  stand. 

Line  12.  silver,  veracity,  zealous,  washer,  carrot,  calf,  dust, 
doubt,  tackle,  dance,  desires. 

Line  13.  dane,  dint,  dine,  daughter,  Deane,  decease,  defame, 
democrat,  dusty,  dispose,  dissent,  dose. 


164          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD, 

Line  14.  daisy,  dairy,  deafen,  draft,  dream,  draw,  drear, 
drew,  dreadful,  endowment,  unchain. 

Line  15.  unroll,  feat,  fate,  fat,  flat,  flutter,  flicker,  fluent, 
fund,  frost,  gaily. 

Line  16.  guise,  glacial,  grease,  graft,  grand,  gray,  Holland, 
hemp,  harbor,  hardly,  East. 

Line  17.  hardware,  harm,  hark,  Harry,  hoist,  haste,  housed, 
hone,  imposition,  table. 

Line  18.  dray,  unclean,  waste,  south,  buggy,  intend,  intent, 
animation,  invite,  Irish. 

Line  19.  jobber,  jagged,  join,  joy,  just,  jury,  jump,  can, 
kicker,  cough,  laboratory. 

Line  20.  laborer,  latter  Topeka,  hoky-poky,  loan,  lump,  land, 
landing. 

Line  21.  leeward,  line,  least,  love,  likely,  legal,  ledger,  lull, 
lolled. 

LIST  FIVE. 

1.  damsel,    clapboard,    cultivate,    secure,  cylinder,   reefer, 
deceived,  demise,  demolish. 

2.  desolate,    devout,    devise,    discern,    disciple,    emblaze, 
dusk,  counsel,  exceeds,  often,  flock. 

3.  chemist,    crael,  impeach,  inaction,  undergo,  infamous, 
initiation. 

4.  innocent,   inside,  insolence,    kitten,  lameness,  neutral, 
nitrogen. 

5.  novelty,  nozzle,  obey,  annoys,  nation,  obligee,  sale,  cele- 
brate, menace,  omitted. 

6.  margin,    marine,    mosquito,    motto,   mice,   pedagogue, 
satin. 

7.  refuse,   remiss,    saloon,    skunk,   codicil,    church,  cigar, 
civic,  confiscate,  odor. 

8.  conic,  annoy,  balloon,  belfry,  benzine,  bestow,  buoyant, 
keg. 

9.  gunnery,  carboy,  intoxicate,  carve,  uttermost,  abyss. 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  164a 

LIST  SIX. 

1.  daisy,  ecstasy,  fallacy,  flowery,  fiery,  fairy,  fury,  mossy, 
noisy,  courtesy. 

2.  angry,  ark,  blackberry,  dairy,  especially    (a   sign  word 
but  illustrates  implied  initial  vowel),  assail,  crazy,  early. 

3.  rally,    par-try,    gentry,  esteem,    estop,    Estelle,    musty, 
dusty,  lusty. 

4.  assume,  labored,  elaborate,  escape,  pastry,  vestry,  racy, 
lazy,  elk,  orb. 

LIST  SEVEN. 

1.  aim,  dahlia,  decoy,  eager,  ugly,  echo,  ease,  eaves,  ego, 
age,  edge,  etch,  edict. 

2.  defy,  edition,  editor,  egg,  execution,  egress,  acre,  oval, 
negro,  ninny. 

3.  olio,  ointment,  operative,  optic,  opulence,  ounce,  ousted, 
oyster,  output,  oxygen. 

4.  August,    aback,    abuse,    abasement,    abbot,   abduction, 
absolute,  abstain,  academy,  casket,  hammered. 

5.  adjective,    adjudicate,    adieu,    attire,     adduce,     affirm, 
algebra,  alight,  allusion,  athlete,  attack,  auction. 

6.  authentic,  authorize,  awkward,  axiom,  bestow. 


LIST  EIGHT. 

1.  toughen,   effervescent,   periodical,  unlike,  badly,  rural, 
barrel. 

2.  ferule,   hemisphere,    hydraulic,    hydrometer,    hygiene, 
notorious,  maneuvers. 

3.  mainly,  oblivion,  namely,  steadfast,  reciprocity,  resort, 
capital,  defame,  bivouac. 

4.  stupendous,  quarrel,  straighten,  synchronism,  cochineal, 
encroach,  credential,  Dayton,  defective. 

5.  pettifog,  output,  outfit,  devoid,  divorce,  index,  barrier, 
prickly,  provoke,  probe,  dividend. 


164b  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

LIST  NINE. 

1.  action,  active,  discount,  enclose,  acquire,  counsel,  continual. 

2.  bonus,  ash,  book,  admit,  dishonor,  small,  amount,  draft, 
check,  invoice,  freight,  office. 

3.  advice,  three,  predict,  balance,  sum,  mail,  books,  prevent, 
defer,  road. 

4.  car,  route,  lower,  rates,  per  cent,  off,  dozen,  list,  deduct, 
record,  discourage. 

5.  August,  bank,  money,  cash,  since,  same,  go,  this,  less. 

6.  does,  so,  found,  end,  place,  payment,  terms,  price,  margin, 
ship,  notify. 


WRITING  EXERCISES. 

WORDS  INVOLVING  HEAVY  DOTS  AND  DASHES. 

e  a  ah 

1.  ape  ache  Abe  ace  aim  ark  (R-K)  lee  meal  kneel  layer  geer 

2.  bay  beam   beer   deem   deep   deer  delay  sheep   sheer   peel 

3.  each    ease    eel   eve   gay    jay    day    nail    male    farm  par 

4.  pea  eight  age  may  pay  palm  far  yea  pale  keel  fail   veal 

5.  peer  fear  leer  came  team  balm  leave  lea  hay  way  Fay  nay 

6.  calm  ear  layer  arm  pay  bee  beak  psalm  tame  dame  bake 

7.  fame  theme  lathe  teem  tame   me    ma  lay  Lee   take  lame 

8.  Malay  way-lay  tale  vale  bale  tar  feel   meek  leak  name 


9.  maul  Paul  oar  oak  roe  coe  go  mole  maw  chaw  toe  mow 

10.  law  low  loom  bowl  pole  pool  poke  dope  foe  tomb  lore  mop 

11.  mole  foam  four   "ope"   balk  talk  know  so  hoe  though 

12.  boom  loop  lobe  lope  loaf  tall  toll  gall  raw  ore  bore  mope 

13.  tour  tore  coke  tool  fool  pool   polo  ooze  woo  shoal  awl 

14.  knoll  rogue  cool    door    gnaw  loath    coal  obey   roe  raw 

LIGHT  DOTS 

i  g  a 

15.  vim  mill   Millie   filly  lick  kick  chick  bell  abbey  tack  fill 

16.  Nellie  pick  peck  pack  Mack  mick  lack  tap  Jack'  back  Tenny 

17.  lap  limb  lamb  pill  mell  chill  fell  dam  jam  chip  natty  sill 

18.  kill  bill  till  ill  Ella  elk  ilk  kip  tip  Lill  shaggy  Jenny  Benny 

19.  lip  Bill  parry  tarry  any  nash  miff  lamp  bevy  ink  levy  eddy 

LIGHT  DASHES. 
5  u  65 

20.  dock    took    booh    nook  .mock    lock    look    funny     jug 

21.  bishop  cook  cock  muff  dumb  Tom   top  lop  autumn  bug 

22.  numb  bum   bock   bog  buck  cub  cup  coop   anatomy  thug 

23.  shook    cull    purr    furr    knotty    ruddy    tub    pull    chum 

[165] 


16G  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

DIPHTHONGS. 

I  oy  ow  ew 

1.  mile  mule  pew  new  few  mew  mow  boy  toy  annoy  time 

2.  foy    bow   lie  vow  file    vile    ahoy    bow-wow    dime    alloy 

3.  coil    oil   toil    towel    fewer    fiat   Jew    Dewey  coyly    dire 

4.  fume  power  chime  Mike  five  caw  raw  rye  tire  tissue  tiny 

5.  fife  fire  like  lyre  lure   sigh   nigh   die  ensue  adieu  duly 

6.  our  fuel  Lula  Luella  fie  Lue  knew  tower  occupy  deny 

7.  pile    bile    boil    toil    foil    coil    Doyle    duty    dupe    Juno 

8.  Lucy    Lura    cube    Roy    decoy    joy    endow    fume    venue 

9.  rue  (Ra)  chow-chow  high  thigh  Mina  nephew  bureau  lieu 

4»> 

GENERAL  REVIEW  OF  VOWELS  AND  DIPHTHONGS. 

1.  lyre  Lewis  lower  four  Mocha  Java  valley  billow  deluge 

2.  delay  decay  talk  ream  tool  icy  match  era  Erie  repay  Levi 

3.  Adlof    bureau  pique   book-case   boomerang   alley  eighty 

4.  Rockdale  coupa  Valley-forge   Dujay  make  shoddy  Laura 

5.  alarm  way  nay  essay  obey  oar  knock  cake  Lora  luggage 

6.  aid  ache  ode   oath  pie  by  dummy  money   piety  review 

7.  bough  hew  cue  ooze  Iowa  cow  easy  fish  shame  hedgerow 

8.  Arabelle  Naylor    delay  ink  Allie  dame    name    naughty 

9.  choke    check    nickname   cabbage  room   ram   easier  dido 

10.  locate  top  magic  atom  dockage  package    assayer    layer 

11.  refuge    rhyme    Rome     roam    arnica    (Ra  N  K)    lounge 

12.  lunch    alkali    alimony    gala    rum    noisy    Fido    Beulah 

13.  tool  duel  dole  vowel  Powell  ratio  Monday  Jumbo  puny 

14.  tissue  rebuke  far  faro  Cairo  catch  rowdy  (Ra  D)  fathom 

15.  anthem  damage  comic  invoke  cuddy  demagogue  Anthony 

16.  Timothy  topic  Topeka  mummy  dummy  ideal  beauty  gaudy 

Ha,  Ch,  Ra 

1.  horrid    harp   chill    cheer    root    chime    virus    roup    rink 

2.  repay    terrify    (T  Ra  F)    whoop     rickety    rapier     ring 

3.  period    hearty  choke  chap    Chaffee    chink    chunk    rung 

4.  chalk    hay    horrify    huge    hug    rope    rake    wrote    roar 

5.  rug  honey  Rooney  hog    hoop  roar  Ruba    hatch    hobby 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMANIC.  167 

S,  ISS,  Z 

1.  sunrise  sunset  surmise  slower  sick  sinks  sums  sails  sign 

2.  psalms    choice    chores    sets    stays  solace    suppose    sight 

3.  sunk  skies  soil   likes  Sunday  suds  sings   sleep  slap  slab 

4.  leaps  sorrows  surry  souls  misty  hayseed  musty  nasty  slope 

5.  sense  stows  succeed  sag  sacks  sobs  snows  sops  asleep  poise 

6.  surface  surveys  pours  porous  race  sun  sooty  Sambo  sauce 

7.  rise  rose  sieve  sign  soak  seem  smaller  sadly  Sarah  goose 

8.  Soho  soap  misery  sing-song  smokes   Simpson  soar  geese 

9.  seedy  series  sulky  surface  days  save  softy  assign  amaze 

10.  siege  suppose  scow  soothe  spasms  seize  rosy  gauzy  always 

11.  zinc  zero  zojie  savoy  Zacharia  dozy    gaze    Ezra    marks 

12.  daisy  zouave  zeal  seal    sneeze    soars    annoys    busy  bias 

13.  dozen    basin    says    simile  smile  soda  acid  essence    racy 

14.  hastily  Cincinnati  lesson  obelisk  basso  Sitka  Zion  lusty 

15.  poison  suffice  suffuse  desk  loss    boss  noise  noisy  pious 

16.  music  visit  passive  aims  gazette  sews  Sioux  cease  cheese 

17.  faucet  deceit  salve  piece  gusty  Massy  listen  scheme  chaos 

18.  sago  Paris  vessel  tassel  reason  sunny  miser  Moslem  cozy 

19.  amaze  sofa  arise  makes  maize  mason  assignee  pies  buys 

20.  cask  Zip  sip  eggs  ashes  police  Silas  soups  soot  sooth  size 

21.  musty  rouse  palace  task  sash  dusty  refuse  tires  mazy  bias 

22.  abuse  ties  Symes  asleep  mask 

23.  see  say  sigh  sip  sap  soap  mouse  snob  sneak 

Ses 

1.  leases  losses    masses    gazes  amuses    dazes    system    sizes 

2.  forces    recesses    scissors    CaBsar    season    causes    appeases 

3.  pieces   exercises   excess    exhaust    daisies   voices   seances 

4.  Sussex  successes  doses  loses  accessory  passes  basses  nieces 

5.  possessed    faces    saucers    necessary    noses    tosses    testy 

6.  poses  pauses  laces  roses  cases  noises  excessive  possessive 

7.  Moses  resist  fusses  sausage  sauces  Mississippi  necessity 

T  and  D 

1.  made  note  not  bought  fought  kite  ached  get  sot  sobbed 

2.  shot  pulled  mauled  jolt  chewed  shout  sagged  sipped  sachet 


168  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

3.  gault  lot  naught  mode  paid  root  wrought  sapped  sinned 

4.  bolt  dot  tot  coat  goat  load  fight  write  wrote  "sicked" 

5.  night    right  out  gate  rate  bolt    date  goats  rats   socket 

6.  killed  fit  light  lied  art  dart  smut  sinned  Sunday  bad  bud 

7.  died  poured  bite  tight    sought    slight  slugged  snubbed 

8.  borrowed  furrowed  carried  betide  omitted  rated  pat  state 

9.  oft  loft  mid  indeed  delayed  aided  pallid  bullied  pit  spilled 

10.  repaid  need  gel  cut  put  foot  boot  sallied  upright  skipped 

11.  root  fate  date  Jude  rocket   kicked   bucked   spied   saved 

12.  begged  packed  tacked  mowed  rowed  backed  begged  dotes 

13.  bet    pecked    racked    faded  jaded    scaled  sagged    poured 

14.  jarred  tarred  veered    feared    feated  kitty  Kate    choked 

15.  bowed    snapped    snowed    slapped    cats    joked    pity    rats 

SENTENCES. 

1.  I  borrowed  a  match  to  light  the  fire. 

2.  The  boys  will  have  a  nice  time  in  the  old  loft. 

4.  The  boy  lied  about  the  feats  of  the  goat. 

5.  She  sobbed  at  the  sight  of  the  sad  fate  of  the  old  sailor. 

6.  The  jolly  old  tar  laughed  and  joked  as  he  told  his  tales  of 
the  sea.     7.  The  ship  veered  to  the  leeway.     8.  The  fish  snapped 
at  the  bait  and  was  soon  pulled  out.     9.  They  packed  a  box  for 
Jack  and  sent  it  to  the  camp  by  way  of  Paterson. 

10.  He  asked  too  much  for  the  lots  and  I  could  not  buy  them. 

11.  It  is  a  pity  you  are  so  dull. 

12.  Monday  is  the  date  set  for  the  circus  (Iss  Ra  Kas). 

13.  He  took  the  locket  and  put  it  into  his  pocket. 

14.  The  sign  was  tacked  to  a  pillar  standing  on  the  side  of  the 
porch  (Pr  Ra  Cha).     15.  Get  out  of  the  way.     16.  The  poet  died 
in  a  fit  of  rage. 

17.  He  mowed  the  tall  rushes  with  a  scythe. 

18.  The  cook  baked  a  cake  and  the  boys  ate  it. 

19.  I  will  go  as  soon  as  Joe  gets  the  team  ready. 

20.  You  should  not  make  such  a  fuss  about  so  small  an  affair. 

21.  He  saw  the  money  on  the  road,  picked  it  up,  put  it  into  his 
pocket,  and  hastened  away. 

22.  How  did  you  manage  to  do  so  much  in  such  short  time  ? 

23.  It  snowed  all  day  and  the  boys  got  a  sled  and  had  a  good 
time. 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  169 

W. 

1.  wordy  worried  queer  wan  inward  squeal  winnow  window 

2.  weep  wed  watch  wage  wag  wick  waged  wear  Winnie  want 

3.  weave  wove  wing  week  someway  my  way  winked  quarry 

4.  go-away  this-way  our-way  any-way  gate-way  wad  wound 

5.  bewitch  twig  Dwight  unweave  equip  twang  weasel  reward 

6.  switch  swig  swap  swoop  quaffs  weep  waif  not  washed  Edwin 

7.  swayed  swing  Swede  wisp  whisk  wizard  webs  swine  wallet 

8.  waylay  wives  widow  watched  wages  wives  wagged  quince 

9.  swallow  wise  wash  quite  quote  quoth  woof  washed  quell 
10.  qualm  tweek  twang  twill  winged  wink  weal  weariness  wilt 

SENTENCES. 

1.  The  weeping  widow  walked  wearily  away. 

2.  The  wizard  watched  the  weasel  as  it  skipped  out  of  sight. 

3.  The  willow  swayed  by  the  wind  rocked  and  twisted  as  if  it 
would  fall. 

4.  The  merry  wives  will  sweep  the  cobwebs  out  of  the  sky. 

5.  Dwight  stood  in  the  gateway  with  a  switch  to  keep  off  the 
wasps. 

6.  The  wages  of  the  Swede  were  too  small  to  support  himself 
and  his  wife. 

7.  The  swallow  swooped  and  caught  the  mosquito. 

Y. 

1.  yacht  Yeddo  young  year  yore  yates  Utah  yam  yew  yes  yap 

2.  Yarrow  yam  yellow  yelp  yawn  yon  York  Utica  Ute  yolk 

3.  yop  Yoakum  Yankee  unyoke  Eunice  eulogy  Eureka  yoked 

4.  Europe  Ula  eulogy  yoke  yanked 

SENTENCES. 

1.  The  yellow  yacht  will  sail  for  Europe  in  a  week 

2.  It  is  not  wise  to  unyoke  the  oxen  and  allow  them  to  eat 
weeds. 

3.  Young  Miss  Yates  has  a  desire  to  go  to  Yale. 

4.  The  Yankee  mowed  a  wide  swath  with  a  scythe. 

5.  To  say  "  Eureka"  is  to  say  you  have  the  right  method. 


170  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

Two  vowels  expressed  by  Ye. 

1.  odium  serious  various  imperious  folio  sensorious  ammonia 

2.  scoria  furious  copious  novitiate  foliage  Siberia  obvious 

3.  lawyer  notoriously  maniac   studious  centurian  infuriate 

SENTENCES. 

1.  The  odium  attached  to  the  case  by  the  lawyer  made  the 
judge  furious. 

2.  He  will  pay  six  cents  a  folio  for  the  written  speech. 

3.  It  is  obvious  that  so  industrious  a  boy  will  succeed. 

4.  The  lawyer  was  notoriously  wicked  but  was  fair  in  his 
charges. 

5.  Siberia  is  a  far-away  spot  where  poor  slaves  are  held  for 
life. 

H. 

1.  hay  ho  house  humbug  hustle  husky  halo  Hindoo  hang 

4.  here  hoke    horrid  Hattie  hobby  Hayti  hoary  unhealthy 

3.  hilly  hoodoo  hearty  hole  heavy  had  hang  heap  unhinge 

4.  mahogany  unhung  keyhole  hogshead  hole  mayhem  hoax 

5.  hated  hood  hooked  hacked  exhaust  exhale  wheel  hatchet 

6.  wheel    whale    while    whip    white    whit    unhewn    hedge 

7.  hitched  hopped  whistle  whine  wheeze  hubbub  highway 

8.  hustler  worthy    worth    enhance    whelp    wheeler    hawser 

9.  whooped  heart  hard  haughty  unhook  whirl  hash  whiskey 
10.  hackney  hiatus  hog  Elihu  ham  hump  hoe  honey  hung 

SENTENCES. 

1.  The  house  is  erected  on  a  hill  by  the  wayside. 

2.  The  wheelbarrow  has  two  wheels  and  four  handles. 

3.  The  boy  whistled  into  the  keyhole  to  annoy  the  pedagogue. 

4.  Hugh  Wheeler  and  his  hound  hurried  to  catch  the  hare. 

5.  The  toad  hopped  out  of  its  hole  and  winked  at  the  sun. 

6.  The  haughty  maiden  was  a  heartless  whiffet. 

7.  He  hit  the  hound  with  a  whip  and  made  him  whine. 

8.  The  Hindoo  hitched  his  horse  and  hurried  into  the  house. 

9.  If  you  adhere  to  that  which  is  good  you  will  be  happy. 


GRA.BAM  AND   PITMANIC.  171 

N. 

1.  pin  pen  men  den  jen  join  coin  gone  thine  worn  wain  spine 

2.  loin  dun  Ben  sent  lent  don't  coins  hen  swoon  Simon  shine 

3.  loins  fin  find  Minnie  finny  funny  slain  token  hone  woolen 

4.  assign  vine  stone  refine  loans  nines  rain  coon  boon  sevens 

5.  spoon  moon  moans  rends  remain  remains  spins  moons  stain 

6.  paints  bone  boned  band  sand  fond  vainer  meaner  guns 

7.  nunnery  penury  ransom  lonesome  finery  spoon  alone  Spain 

8.  gunnery  finance  divine  define  can  cannon  vainer  thinner 

9.  thins  thence  pants  paints  mends  China  pints  dints  chained 

10.  Chinese  Johnnie  stony  runts  taint  boned  stoned 

11.  skein  assigned  toned  sinned  slant  scout  skinned 


SENTENCES. 

1.  If  you  were  to  earn  money  and  learn  economy  you  would 
gain  wealth. 

2.  The  ships  of  Spain  were  sent  to  the  bottom  of  the  sea, 
while  the  Olympia  remained  unharmed,  and  the  hero  at  her  head 
sailed  calmly  out  of  range  that  the  sailors  arid  gunners  might  take 
a  lunch  and  a  cup  of  coffee,  but  the  war  ship  came  back  and  re- 
newed the  fight ;  and  though  the  Spanish  sailors  feared  not  death 
and  fought  with  good  heart,  yet  they  could  not  cope  with  the  bet- 
ter management  of  the  Yankee  guns;  and  when  the  news  of  the 
battle  reached  Spain  it  caused  many  a  heartache  for  the  families 
of  the  soldiers  and  sailors  who  had  met  death,  and  whose  remains 
could  not  be  borne  back  to  the  land  which  gave  them  birth,  but 
were  buried  in  the  depths  (D  Pets)  of  the  sea,  to  the  dirge  of  the 
sighing  wind  and  the  moaning  wave;  and  many  a  wife  and  sweet- 
heart were  saddened  for  life  all  because  a  heartless  and  unwise 
ministry  (Men  Est  Ra)  thought  that  war  was  the  way  to  put  down 
the  uprising  of  a  land  which  they  could  not  abuse  or  misuse  with- 
out raising  war.     It  is  wrong  and  wicked  to  speak  in  heartless  joke 
of  the  sad  fate  of  these  poor  Spanish  men,  whose  hearts  were  as 
full  of  love  for  the  land  for  which  they  fought  as  was  that  of 
the  American  who  came  out  of  that  famous  siege  unhurt. 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 

ForV. 

1.  dove  gave  coves  roves  hives  heaves  beeves  caves  paves  rough 

2.  coughs  govern  chaff  chaffs  bivouac  divorce  refer  stoves  cuff 

3.  staves  cavern  roofs  toughen  duffer  buffer  tavern  defer  thief 

4.  Dover  cover  doff  calf  Dane  rebuff  archive  toughs  serves  reefs 

5.  cover  review  refer  stove  staffy  achieves  stuff  rough  heave 

SENTENCE. 

Again  to  refer  to  the  historic  event  above  spoken  of — the  de- 
voted heroes  of  the  land  of  the  Antilles,  as  Cuba  is  often  named, 
have  suffered  the  agonies  in  dungeon  cell  that  only  a  wretch 
like  Weyler  could  impose,  while  poor  innocent  women  and  babes 
died  like  sheep  for  the  want  cf  food  that  is  so  abundant  (Bend 
Ent)  in  a  land  like  Cuba.  Some  of  the  Cubans'  wives  followed 
with  the  men  into  the  Cuban  army  and  fought  side  by  side  with 
them  ;  some  took  charge  of  the  sick  ;  and  the  fear  of  death  was 
naught  to  them  when  they  knew  of  the  horrors  that  awaited  them 
if  they  allowed  the  Spanish  generals  (Jens  2)  to  make  them  come 
into  the  towns. 

L  HOOK. 

1.  plee  ply  play  plow  please  plum  plume  splash  pickle  sepal 

2.  plaid  pleasant  bleak    blame  bleat  buckle  chuckle  lapel 

3.  bloat  bly  blow  blossom  blot  bloom  blown  clown  cyclone 

4.  blight  bloat  blaze  blaza  bleak  peaceable  classical  tipple 

5.  black  oval  offal  Ethel  Bethel  flow  flee  bugle  blissful  uncle 

6.  beetle  hackle  regal  label  sickle  civil  Tuttle  only  reel  rebel 

7.  satchel  able  table  liable  reliable  homely  dumbly  rabble 

8.  unreliable  tickle  fickle  nickel  awful  level  hotel  cackle  repel 

9.  hovel  subtle  hubble  hobble  classical  goggles  imply  bicycle 

10.  buckle  bugle  sable  apple  rashly  harshly  (upward  Sh)  bible 

11.  bushel  official   initial   dabble   supple  icicle  settle  puddle 

SENTENCES. 

1.  Please  apply  the  amount  I  sent  you  to  the  bill  of  June  2nd. 

2.  We  do  not  think  that  you  will  be  here  so  late  in  the  season. 

3.  Ethel  has  gone  out  with  a  satchel  to  peddle  buckles  for  a 
nickel  apiece. 


UKAhAM  AND  P1T3TANW.  173 

4.  Bethel  came  into  town  on  his  bicycle  with  a  bushel  of 
apples  and  plums. 

5.  The  bleak  wind  blew  the  snow  around  the  pleasant  place 
where  blossoms  bloom  inside  the  cottage  as  the  cheery  blaze  of 
the  pine  wood  in  the  old  fireplace  defies  (D  Fs)  the  bitter  winds. 

6.  Uncle  William  was  a  clown  in  a  circus  and  he  rode  a  uni- 
cyle. 

7.  The  hovel,  unpleasant  as  it  seemed,  was  the  abode  of  a 
pupil  of  the  classical  college. 

8.  It  is  plain  that  the  apples  will  be  ripe  in  June. 

9.  The  wind  blew  the  flames  into   a  fearful   blaze.     "The 
Mill  on  the  Floss  "  is  a  fine  novel.     The  fleece  is  light. 

10.  In  the  flurry  (Fie  Ra)  of  flight  they  fell  (Fel  2)  flat  on  the 
floor. 

11.  Florence  (Fel  Rens)  and  Ethel  will  come  by  way  of  the 
railroad  (Rel  Ra  D)  tunnel  (T  Nel). 

12.  Gentlemen: — Please  send  to  this  office  as  soon  as  possible 
ten  (nomenclature,  Ten,  T-N  hook)  6x4  panes  of  plate  glass. 
This  is  for  some  big  windows  on  a  main  thoroughfare,  and  the 
glass  should  be  of  high  quality  (Klet  1,  sign-word)  and  without 
flaws. 

You  will  find  herewith  (Ra  Ith)  check  to  cover  bill  of  June  30. 
Please  send  us  a  receipt  for  same  on  the  blank  which  we  enclose. 

R  HOOK. 

1.  brace  trace  grace  fry  fright  freight  frame  grouse  ogre 

2.  crease  throw  three  offer  acre  azure  cider  grabber  abridger 

3.  odor  threw  agree  honor  humor  egress  ingress  refrained 

4.  paper  badger  trouble  miner  hammer  treasure  atmosphere 

5.  free  freak  pressure  vapor  taber  cradle  greater  imprint  car 

6.  treble  Homer  express  lustrous  mistress  prate  stray  shrewd 

7.  manor  simmer  cider  pastry  string  trumpeter  threat  throat 

8.  skimmer  frippery  clipper  clapper  supper-fruit  strong  print 

9.  supper  supperless  sober  saber  soberly  affray  fried  prospers 

10.  expressive    impress    empress    gossamer  deviltry   frowned 

11.  poultry  shrill  shrivel  shrimp  cracker  brawn   mouse-trap 

12.  croak  smoker  joker  sinner  cypher  crane  drone  orchestra 


174  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 

13.  degree  dagger  dodger  stroker  decry  engineer  drive  derive 

14.  term  torn  freak  brawn  strive  brain  strain  critical  designer 

15.  appear  bother  butcher  crane  refrain  execrable  bowspring 

16.  screen  secret  discreet  creed  breed  treat  destroy  dexterous 

17.  mistreat  grave  strain  trend  grind  listener  seamstress  flesh 

18.  brunt  grand  fresh  border  sprint  strained  poisoner  sprays 

19.  sprees  cypress  suppress  undress  sprained  chemistry  depress 

20.  distress  checker  capricious  grunt  grant  friend  trained  fro 

SENTENCES. 

1.  Peter  Piper  picked  a  peck  of  prickly  plums. 

2.  The  caprice  of  the  trapper  caused  us  all  this  trouble. 

3.  Try  and  break  off  bad  habits  or  they  will  destroy  all 
bright  prospects. 

4.  It  is  proper  to  press  the  suit  for  damages  prior  (Per  R)  to 
the  offer  for  settlement  (Iss  T  La  Ment). 

5.  The  grocer  sells  pepper,  crackers,  rat-traps,  and  huckle- 
berries. 

6.  The  prisoner  was  sent  to  Sing  Sing  to  break  stone  for 
thirty  (Thre  T)  weeks. 

7.  The  lieutenant  (Let  Nent)  bestowed  great  praise  on  the 
brave  troopers  for  their  (Thr)  brave  fight  on  the  hill  of  San  Juan 
(Huan). 

8.  Treat  every  (Ver  2)  one  kindly  and  you  will  more  likely 
receive  such  treatment. 

9.  Travel  far  (F  R)  and  near,   and  you  will  find  no  other 
school  so  good  as  this. 

10.  Dear  Sir :  We  have  written  you  three  times  asking  for 
statement  of  our  account  to  October  (Ket  Ber)  1st.  Your  collector 
(Kel  K  Tr)  was  here  twice  (wi)  with  a  bill  which  was  not  made 
out  so  that  we  understood  what  it  was  for.  We  do  not  say  we 
think  the  bill  is  wrong  ;  what  we  want,  is  to  have  the  items 
arranged  (Ra  N  Jed)  so  that  we  can  tell  (Tel)  our  customer, 
whom  we  are  getting  these  goods  for,  what  the  price  of  each 
article  (Ret  Kl)  is. 

Upon  receipt  of  the  statement  with  the  items  in  full  we  will 
remit  promptly.  Very  respectfully  (Ras  Pef), 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMANIC.  175 

St  or  Zd. 

1.  stop  strap  post  boast  roast  beast  imposed  aurist  staircase 

2.  feast  least  dearest  worst  most  raised  styles  sliced  effused 

3.  lost  vest  store  yeast  stub  stone  storm  vast  ceased  danced 

4.  tempest  least  request  inquest  steam  stone  breast  modest 

5.  lust  rust  durst  bequest  stoop  assist  crest  stoic  canst  West 

6.  state  estacado  dusty  trusty  thrust  stump  step  stepston  tasty 

7.  estate  forest  history  historical  crust  blazed  stamp  evinced 

8.  steal  steamboat  sting  strong  musty  rusty  brased  mists 

9.  finest  meanest  lusty  leanest  dressed  vests  masts  lasts  dazed 

10.  stiffen  vainest  gust  gusty  roughest  posts  boasts  lusts  past 

11.  faintest  vanish  canst  lanst  roasts  truestboasts  pastry  toasts 

ISH,    SHEL   AND   SHER. 

1.  ash  rash  thrash  rush  mush  marshall  shore  sheer  share 

2.  mulish  foolish  mopish  girlish  boyish  impartial  treasure 

3.  dish  bosh  quash  shawl  shallow  (Sha)  shaker  closure  sugar 

4.  marsh  shell  shrill  Richelieu  bushel  (upward  Shel)  fresher 

5.  official   initial  foppish  doggish   measure   erasure    glacial 

6.  shelf    shred    shrive    shrug    shrink  shroud  shreel  gazure 

7.  shrub    sheen  shrew    pressure    thresher  brazure  leisurely 

R  and  Ra. 

1.  rear    rare    roar    tear   tore    bear    fear    year    story    store 

2.  lear  gear  four  lower  ark  lark  arable  drear  dreary  Drury 

3.  harp   mark  bower  tower  reply   spurious  serious  furious 

4.  door  your  more  gory  orally  sour  bower  berry  armistice 

5.  roared  review  tarry  to  dairy  earache  rake  rogue  romance 

6.  rustle  reside  ferry  merry  rustle  rhyme  reason  resume  fire 

7.  far  door  farmer  form  Irma  irksome  iris  rocky  flyer  flew 

8.  army  lye    borrowed    rickety  rigor   recluse    orange  orbit 

9.  myriad  Larry  Carrie  barrow  narrow  blower 

LENGTHENING. 

1.  enter  mentor  leather  feather  father  mother  fodder  mutters 

2.  another  gather  weather  witter  bother  Esther  oyster  cinder 

3.  banter    canter  heather  litter  filter    setter    shorter  mitre 


170  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 

4.  voter    motor    centers    fenders    lenders    lumber    matter 

5.  timber  boulder  shelter  zither  neater  alter  order  banker 
G.  enters     matters     pander    temper     clinker    waiter     linger 
7.  tatter  fatter  kelter  render  anger  typewriter  thermometers 

Str. 

1.  pastor    lester     vester     muster    roaster    punsters    Hester 

2.  caster    oyster    vaster     poster     gamester,  jester    monster 

3.  toaster   coaster   Wooster    duster    Ouster    bluster    roaster 

4.  taster      minister      filibuster      plaster      master    chorister 

5.  Brewster     feaster     jester      clusters    ancestors    songster 

6.  disasters    adjusters     dexter    sinister    barrister     sprinter 

7.  youngster    arrester    foster      Gloucester    blister    punster 

Ler,  Rel  and  Mp. 

1.  idler  fiddler  girl  scroll  traveler  stamp  lump  stump  lamb 

2.  broil  trail  singular  rural  plural  hamper  lamp  vamp  ample 

3.  bottler  toddler  trifler  liberal  imply  simple  sample  impels 

4.  saddler  settler  roll  clergy  impanel  impure  impress  embrace 

5.  cobbler     cruller     growl    ferrell    embarrass    color    cooler 

6.  April    tendril    abler    humbler    muffler  smuggler  scholar 

Shon  and  Tiv 

1.  passion     ration     positive    lucrative    fashion    definitions 

2.  vision      motive      rotation      station      emotion      rational 

3.  occasion      vacation       permission      activity      auctioneer 

4.  edition  addition  lotions  appreciation   additions  educative 

5.  action     active     illusion     Hession     imputation     ambition 

6.  ammunition  education  admission   illustration  connective 

7.  attritions   admonitions    affectionate    passionate    negative 

8.  dative    notion   mention   section  native    notation 

In  and  Eshon. 

1.  position  decision  incision  decisions  transitional  sensational 

2.  condensation    accession    possession     pulsation    dissuasion 

3.  physician      compensation      condensation      suppositional 


GRAHAM  AND   PITJfANIC.  177 

4.  instrument     instruct     unceremonious     optional     coercion 

5.  unseemly     musician      acquisitions      causation     exposition 

6.  attritions     dispensation     opposition    oppositions    revision 


SENTENCES. 

1.  He  left  his  position  to  take  a  vacation  in  his  native  habita- 
tion. 

2.  The  physician  and  the  logician  were  in  a  position  to  feel  the 
humiliation  of  the  indecision  of  the  statistician  to  follow  his  incli- 
nation. 

3.  There  was  opposition  to  the  decision  that  the  applications 
should  be  taken  into  consideration  in  rotation. 

4.  The  affiliation  was  due  the  relation  of  the  partisan  to  the 
physician. 

5.  There  was  an  exhibition  of  the  new  method  of  rapid  notation. 
G.     There  was  no  compensation  on  condition  the  work  did  not 

receive  proper  recognition  by  the  board  of  decision. 

7.  The  rendition  of  the  musical  selection  did  great  credit  to 
the  musician. 

8.  It  was  at  the  option  of  the  physician  as  to  whether  the 
students  should  take  a  vacation. 

9.  The   politician   expressed  his  appreciation  of  the   motion 
made  by  the  auctioneer  to  adjourn  the  session. 

10.  The  musician  will  render  instruction  to  those  who  have'  an 
ambition  to  get  possession  of  a  musical  education. 

11.  The  celebration  of  the  great  commander  will  be  an  occa- 
sion of  great  demonstration  of  the  affection  and  appreciation  of 
the  people  of  a  nation. 

12.  The  young  student  had  an  ambition  to  fill  a  lucrative 
position. 

13.  The  revision  of  the  constitution  will  be  presented  to  the 
board  of  decision. 

14.  Such  an  occasion  requires  the  prompt  action  of  an  officer 
of  great  discretion  and  firm  decision. 

15.  His  occupation  was  lucrative  for  a  man  who  was  talkative 
because  he  was  an  auctioneer. 


178  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

16.  The  chief  executive  of  this  nation  will  take  no  vacation 
during  his  administration. 

17.  They  were  having  a  discussion  as  to  the  latest  fashions. 

18.  An  active  occupation  is  better  for  the  constitution. 

19.  The  latest  edition  of  the  book  is  called  "  The  Eussian  (Shon 
hook)  Fugitive." 

20.  There  is  to  be  no  compensation  if  the  work  does  not  re- 
ceive proper  recognition  by  the  Board  of  Education. 

21.  Though  the  man  was  talkative,  his  occupation  was  lucra- 
tive because  he  was  an  auctioneer. 

22.  A  donation  was  given  for  the  benefit  of  the  mission  society. 

23.  The  physician  received  permission  from  the  association  to 
go  on  a  vacation. 

24.  The  optician  will  remedy  your  defective  vision. 

25.  A  motion  was  made  but  was  received  with  derision  by  the 
commission. 

26.  Vocation  is  your  business  occupation,  but  avocation  is  the 
pursuit  you  follow  for  recreation. 

27.  With  your  permission,  I  will  mention  the  proposition  to 
the  association. 

28.  His  mission  to  the  convention  was  the  negotiation  for  a 
foundation  to  the  proposed  executive  mansion. 

29.  The  optician  will  correct  your  vision  for  slight  compensa- 
tion. 

PREFIXES  AND  AFFIXES. 

1.  condition  combat  inconvenience  hateful  deceitful  painfu 

2.  uncomfortable     mitigate      herewith      mournful      overdo 

3.  noncompliance  reconcile  recommence  whichever  verbosity 

4.  recommend    reconstrue    contradict    contravene    urbanity 

5.  compensate  inconjunction  reconnoiter  fearfulness  whereof 

6.  reconsider  accompany  accomplish  account  nobility  deform 

7.  comment      commend      noncommissioned      compatibility 

8.  contradict  contradistinction  counteract  fusibility  perform 

9.  countermand  circumstance  circumspect  liability  feasibility 

10.  circumlocution  circumjacent  posterity  potential  courtship 

11.  selfish   self-possessed  intermingle  insecurity  Christianity 


GBAHAM  AND  PITMANIC.  179 

12.  enterprise     intervene     interfere     self-assertion      set     on 

13.  self-possess  self-sufficient  self-control  right  on  experimental 

14.  self-conceit    magnificent    magnify    thereon    instrumental 

15.  magnanimity   magnified    recognized    enslaved    looker  on 

16.  incommode    insatiate    circumflex    insecurity    durability 

17.  decompose    counterfeit  contraband   contribution  forcible 

18.  circumvent  self-assertion  self-evident  thereafter  popularity 

19.  theology  debility  interlink  interlude  prudential  rivalship 

20.  intermeddle  interpreter  interrogate  instability  whensoever 

21.  after-thought  thereafter  overhaste    overreach    fellowship 

22.  withdraw  withheld  transfer  translate  transcend  township 

23.  fulsomeness       forgetfulnes       sorrowfulness      wistfulness 

24.  amazingly  soothingly  searchingly  physiology  theologian 

25.  mineralogy  partnership  mayorship  condemn  condolence 


PENMANSHIP. 

The  act  of  making  shorthand  characters  is  a  process  of  rapid 
writing.  Writing  requires  skill,  which  results  from  muscular  de- 
velopment, ease  of  movement  and  a  clear  conception  of  form; 
therefore  the  stenographer  should  study  penmanship.  The  fol- 
lowing exercises  are  more  especially  adapted  to  beginners;  but  the 
highest  degree  of  skill  is  not  attainable  without  constant  physical 
as  well  as  mental  training.  The  fact  that  shorthand  penmanship 
is  a  subject  not  common  to  shorthand  text  books,  is  unaccountable. 
It  is  not  denied,  however,  that  skillful  stenographers  have  been 
compelled  to  abandon  their  calling  on  accountof  ' 'writer's  cramp, '' 
•or  pen  paralysis,  a  calamity  which  can  be  obviated  by  proper 
training. 

INSTRUCTIONS. 

Line  1.  This  exercise  should  be  practiced  with  the  regular  fore- 
arm movement,  the  wrist  and  fingers  being  rigid.  Before  making 
a  stroke,  place  the  pen  at  the  beginning  of  the  line  of  writing, 
then  swing  the  hand  through  space  to  other  end. 

If  the  end  of  the  curved  stroke  thus  made,  falls  below  the  line 
of  writing,  re-adjust  the  paper  so  that  the  end  of  the  curve  will 
fall  naturally  on  the  end  of  the  line.  The  movement  must  be 
from  the  elbow  joint;  the  wrist  and  finger  joints  must  be  absolutely 
inflexible,  but  not  strained.  Continue  this  exercise  until  a  light, 
delicate  stroke  can  be  made,  covering  several  pages  of  foolscap,  if 
necessary. 

Line  3.  This  exercise  should  be  done  with  the  same  movement 
as  above  given;  but  it  is  more  difficult  to  make  a  short  stroke  with 
the  forearm  movement. 

Practice  this  at  first  very  rapidly  grading  the  movement  down 
to  the  slowest  which  is  perceptible. 

Line  4.  Proceed  under  the  same  instructions  already  given, 
taking  care  that  the  wrist-joint  is  not  allowed  to  bend  in  the  least. 

Line  5.  Continue  the  forearm  movement,  slowly  at  first  to  get 
the  form,  then  rapidly  to  get  smoothness  of  lines,  then  slowly  again 
to  acquire  both  form  and  movement. 

U80] 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  181 

Lines  6  and  7.  Proceed  with  this  drill,  under  the  same  instruc- 
tions, making  strokes  from  left  to  right  only,  swinging  the  hand 
back  to  the  beginning  without  halt  or  hesitation. 

Line  8.  Write  this  exercise  without  stopping  any  longer  than 
necessary  at  the  angle.  An  angle  requires  a  stop  anyhow,  but  it 
should  be  momentary.  This  series  of  shorthand  "rn's"  should  be 
practiced  until  they  can  be  made  delicatety,  accurately  and  rapidly. 

9.  The  lengthened  M.    Write  this  character  with  a  purely  arm 
movement,  the  wrist  and  fingers  being  rigidly  inflexible.  Do  not  stop 
or  hesitate  between  the  characters;  do  not  let  the  hand  relax,  nor 
lift  the  hand  from  the  paper.     The  movement  should  be  exactly 
the  same  as  in  the  preceding  exercise,  the  hand  gliding  instantly 
across  the  intervening  spaces,  as  though  a  mark  were  being  made 
there. 

10.  Write  these  characters  three  at  a  time,  one  under  each 
other,  as  nearly  parallel  as  possible,  with  a  slow,  gliding  move- 
ment.    This  exercise  cultivates  the  eye  for  form. 

11  and  12.  We  can  not  emphasize  too  emphatically  that  you 
must  not  move  the  wrist  and  finger  joints.  These  exercises  are 
given  not  to  develop  this  movement.  Write  these  ovals  very  rapidly 
at  first,  then  diminish  the  speed  until  one  revolution  only  is  made 
in  a  second;  then  as  you  make  the  final  stroke,  which,  as  you  see, 
is  at  a  tangent  from  the  oval,  you  must  imagine  that  you  are 
making  the  character  Ska  or  F,  as  the  case  may  be;  then  disjoin  as 
well  as  detach  it,  and  continue  making  it  with  the  same  movement. 

Lines  13,  14  and  15.  Write  these  F's  and  La's  with  a  rotary 
movement,  imagining  while  you  are  doing  so  that  you  are  making 
complete  ovals,  but  that  the  pen  glides  over  a  grease  spot,  leaving 
only  a  section  of  the  stroke  visible.  Use  the  forearm  movement 
purely  in  this  drill. 

Line  16.  This  exercise  is  a  drill  on  La  and  R  joined.  You  will 
see  that  joined  they  form  a  semicircle,  and  that  R  forms  the  same 
angle  on  the  one  side  of  a  vertic'.e  line  as  La  does  on  the  other 
side.  The  second  character  in  this  line  illustrates  the  tendency  to 
draw  the.  R  in,  while  it  should  follow  the  dotted  line.  The  third 
character  illustrates  a  slightly  imperfect  one.  If  you  write  this 
character  perfectly  a  thousand  times  it  will  be  too  few. 


182          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

Line  17.  This  line  is  composed  of  La-R  and  Lay-S  alternately. 
It  is  easy  to  make  Lay-S.  Push  the  end  out  to  the  right  hard 
when  you  make  La-R. 

Lines  18  and  19.  These  characters  are  written  in  the  general 
direction  of  P  or  T,  either  with  sloping  or  perpendicular  curves. 
You  can  not  write  these  groups  rapidly  at  first.  You  will  never 
be  too  skillful  not  to  practice  on  them. 

Line  20.  The  dotted  line  marks  the  division  between  Lay 
and  Ka.  Do  not  make  this  character  like  La;  make  the  hand  go 
slow  right  where  you  see  the  dotted  line. 

Line  21.  In  writing  the  initial  circle  there  is  a  tendency  some- 
times to  go  twice  around  the  circle.  The  first  character  Ra  P 
with  Iss  is  written  as  a  square.  Drop  the  Ray  and  repeat  the 
character  Iss  P.  A  good  rule  is,  that  the  first  part  of  the  circle  is 
written  at  right  angles  to  the  straight  stroke  to  which  it  is  joined, 
if  at  the  beginning,  or  if  the  circle  is  at  the  end  of  a  straight 
stroke  the  last  quadrant  is  written  at  right  angles.  Study  the 
fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  characters  of  this  line  carefully,  and  note 
the  evolutions  of  the  square  to  the  circle  in  the  sixth  character. 

22.  This  illustrates  the  joining  of  a  circle  between  two  curves. 
The  first  two  characters  represent  S  written  inside  the  L  or  We 
hook;  the  third  character  represents  it  as  it  should  be  written 
between  Lay  and  N.  It  should  be  written  as  though  L  N  were 
written  by  itself  and  the  Iss  were  written  afterward,  as  in  the  fifth 
character  and  closely  enough  to  be  joined  as  in  the  sixth  character. 
Practice  this  until  you  can  write  it  rapidly. 

Line  23.  This  illustrates  the  circle  written  between  two  Ka's. 
The  second  and  third  characters  are  imperfect.  The  fourth 
character  is  written  with  a  continuous  stroke,  but  when  fin- 
ished looks  as  though  Iss  were  placed  there  after  the  stroke  was 
made  as  in  the  first  character.  The  last  character  forms  a  study. 

Line  24.  The  circle  written  between  Lay  and  R  is  here  illus- 
trated. The  first  character  is  imperfect;  the  second  one,  Lays  Fer, 
the  third  character,  Lens  R,  the  fourth,  Lays  R.  You  should  write 
these  over  until  you  can  write  this  whole  line  without  having  the 
Iss  look  as  though  it  were  inside  a  hook. 


QRAHAM   AND   PITMANIC.  183 

The  last  three  characters  on  Line  24  illustrate  is  at  the  begin- 
ning of  Ka.  "Write  the  first  ten  times  and  the  second  ten  times, 
and  gradually  work  it  into  a  circle,  as  in  third  character. 

Line  25.  The  last  part  of  this  line  illustrates  the  finishing 
circle  to  Ka.  The  last  quadrant  which  is  made  should  be  in  the 
direction  of  T.  Study  the  last  three  characters  carefully. 

Line  26.  Here  we  have  Iss  written  inside  of  L  and  N  hooks. 
The  rule  for  writing  this  circle  is  to  have  the  first  quadrant  parallel 
to  the  stroke  to  which  it  is  joined. 

Lines  27,  28  and  29.  Normal  and  half  lengths.  Practice  on 
these  lines  until  they  can  be  written  as  fast  as  the  hand  can  move 
without  variation. 

Lines  30,  31,  32  and  33.  These  lines  are  for  the  purpose  of 
making  brief  Ye  and  We.  Practice  on  Line  30  the  same  as  Line  1, 
then  on  Line  31,  then  Line  32,  keeping  up  the  proper  movement, 
then  on  Line  33.  You  will  see  there  are  three  distinct  lengths. 

Line  34.  This  illustrates  the  difference  between  Ye  and  Met. 
Ye  is  a  half  circle,  and  Met  is  a  quadrant  of  a  larger  circle.  The 
same  is  true  of  We  and  Est.  You  will  see  that  Est  is  a  quadrant 
of  a  circle,  which  is  smaller  than  the  circle,  a  part  of  which,  is 
Ester. 

Line  35.  This  exercises  the  hand  in  joining  a  half  length  to  a 
whole  length.  Practice  this  line  until  the  third  character  can  be 
written  rapidly  without  getting  the  half  length  too  long. 

Line  36.  In  joining  a  circle  between  two  straight  strokes  be 
careful  that  you  do  not  curve  either  straight  stroke.  Make  the  Ka 
as  perfectly  as  though  the  circle  were  not  joined  to  it. 

Line  37.  P  and  Pet.  Write  them  parallel  and  the  lower  ends 
exactly  on  the  line.  This  is  a  difficult  exercise. 

Line  38.  This  line  illustrates  the  joining  of  Iss  to  the  following 
R  Hook.  The  last  character  is  written  perfectly,  the  others  being 
variations  of  lengths  to  show  the  method  of  practice. 

Line  39.     Ra's.   Write  these  rapidly  with  a  sharp,  quick  stroke. 

Line  40.  Students  who  have  not  a  clear  perception  of  form  and 
a  strong  handwriting  will  often  persist  in  writing  Ras  T,  slanting 
the  T  to  the  left,  making  it  look  like  Ch,  like  the  first  and  second 
characters. 


184          HYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

To  counterbalance  this  do  not  endeavor  to  write  T  but  P.  The 
natural  trend  of  the  hand  is  to  follow  the  course  of  the  left-hand 
dotted  line.  Incline  the  hand  as  though  endeavoring  to  make  P; 
as  the  natural  movement  of  the  hand  is  toward  the  left,  there  will 
be  a  compromise  of  the  two  forces,  which  will  bring  the  pen  along 
the  dotted  middle  line,  producing  the  desired  result  as  in  the  last 
two  characters. 

Line  41.  Your  favor,  your  offer  and  such  characters  are  sore  to 
be  written  by  the  untrained  hand  as  in  the  first  character.  Dis- 
join as  in  the  second  character  and  make  several  of  these  outlines; 
then  join  the  characters,  making  sure  that  the  two  ends  of  the  curve 
Fer  rest  on  a  P,  as  illustrated  by  the  dotted  lines  in  third  character. 
Do  not  make  the  hook  uncertain,  like  the  fourth  character,  but 
retrace  the  first  curve  a  little,  making  the  hook  distinct,  as 
shown  in  the  last  two  characters. 

Line  42.  The  first  character  represents  the  most  wretched  error 
in  Ea,  Pel  and  similar  forms.  Disjoin  a  few  times  as  in  "a," 
then  make  a  sharp  angle  as  in  "b,"  then  round  the  angle  a  little 
bit,  and  you  have  the  finished  character  as  in  "  c." 

Line  43.  N  Shel,  The  first  character  shows  a  common  error. 
•  Retrace  the  end  trifly  as  illustrated.  Write  these  characters 
over  carefully  a  few  hundred  times  to  get  the  form  fixed  in  the 
mind,  and  then  write  it  a  few  thousand  times,  say,  four  or  five. 
Do  not  imagine  you  are  going  to  make  a  fast  stenographer  when 
you  can  not  make  a  perfect  character  with  all  the  time  at  your 
command  to  do  it  in. 

Line  45.  Illustrates  the  progressive  practice  on  the  outline 
Ker.  Notice  the  second  stroke  is  a  sharp  angle,  while  the  last 
two,  properly  made,  have  the  angle  slightly  rounded. 

Line  46.  Skas.  This  illustrates  the  worst  of  errors.  Stop 
after  the  first  circle  and  just  before  the  last  circle  so  as  to  get  the 
hand  in  the  habit  of  making  Ka  straight.  You  are  not  dull  if  it 
takes  you  two  or  three  hours  to  approach  anything  like  perfec- 
tion. The  stops  at  the  juncture  of  the  stroke  and  circle  will 
grow  less  and  less  as  the  hand  gets  skilled. 

Line  47.  Ra  must  be  made  straight  at  first  if  you  ever  expect 
to  write  it  rapidly.  Disjoin  as  in  character  second,  shortening 


GRAHAM  AND    PITJfANIC. 


185 


the  N  as  in  character  third,  then  write  a  full  page  of  foolscap  of 
characters  four  and  five. 

Line  48.  Study  the  outline  "a,"  and  you  will  find  the  bad 
character  illustrated  at  the  beginning  of  the  line. 

Line  49.  Represents  errors  in  compound  curves.  Go  slow 
until  you  get  the  forms,  as  in  50. 


18G          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

/TYx 


'/'  I  MM  ,r-Ki  m'j  ]  |  J 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMANIC. 


187 


METHOD  OF  PRACTICE  ON  THE  BUSINESS  LETTERS. 

Write  fifty  words,  making  each  character  of  the  size  given  in 
the  engraving,  and  write  it  so  legible  that  it  may  be  read  by 
anyone  acquainted  with  the  system;  then  repeat  this  careful 
work,  writing  evenly,  never  hurrying,  never  dragging,  for  about 
five  hundred  times.  You  have  now  acquired  about  all  the  speed 
yon  can  get  out  of  it  by  continuous  writing.  If  you  can  not  now 
write  a  hundred  words  in  one  minute,  take  the  first  word,  or  if  it 
be  a  long  word,  take  part  of  it,  write  it  perfectly,  covering  about 
five  pages  of  foolscap  paper.  Then  write  it  for  a  half  a  minute, 
and  if  it  is  a  very  long  outline,  your  speed  on  that  word  may  be 
about  fifty  words  a  minute.  Take  the  next  word  and  go  through 
the  same  ordeal,  never  varying  a  particle  from  perfection.  Then 
measure  up  your  speed,  and  if  it  is  a  short  outline  you  may 
find  your  speed  at  three  hundred  words  per  minute  perhaps; 
averaging  this  up  with  the  former  gives  you  an  average  of  one  hun- 
dred and  seventy-five  for  the  two  words.  Take  the  next  outline, 
work  on  it  for  an  hour  or  two,  write  it  a  thousand  times  perfectly 
and  continuously.  Now  average  this  up  with  the  other  words, 


188  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 

and  you  will  have  for  three  outlines  an  average  of  two  hundred 
and  eighty-seven  words.  The  next  outline  being  a  long  one  will 
lower  your  average  speed  down  to  two  hundred  words  per  minute, 
and  soon;  continue  making  every  outline  as  small  as  any  you  ever 
saw,  always  perfectly,  never  any  in  a  hurry,  yet  always  to  the  out- 
side limit  of  your  speed.  Keep  at  it;  work  five  hours,  rest  five  hours, 
and  then  work  a  couple  of  hours  before  retiring;  go  through  the 
same  process  the  next  day,  and  so  on  for  a  month.  A  month  of 
such  labor  would  seem  like  a  thousand  years.  No  matter,  go  on 
and  do  it  for  another  month,  and  for  six  months.  Your  idea  is  to 
get  these  hundred  words  where  you  can  write  it  in  a  minute 
with  absolutely  perfect  notes,  and  eventually  you  have  it.  Take 
another  hundred  words;  if  it  takes  you  a  month  to  get  the  first 
hundred  up,  you  will  do  this  in  three  weeks;  you  will  do  the  next 
hundred  in  two  weeks;  you  will  do  the  next  hundred  in  a  week 
and  a  half,  and  so  on  each  hundred  you  take,  the  time  will  lessen, 
and  some  time  you  will  find  that  the  time  has  kept  on  diminish- 
ing until  you  can  write  a  hundred  words  in  a  minute  the  first 
time  trying — and  the  victory  is  yours. 


SHORTHAND  PRACTICE. 

BUSINESS  LETTERS. 

Letters  of  25  words. 
Letters  of  50  words. 
Letters  of  100  words. 


FLASHES  OF  THOUGHT  FROM  BRIGHT  MINDS 
OF  THE  PROFESSION. 

1.  Fallacy  of  Dictation. 

2.  The  "Graduate"  of  Three  Months. 

3.  Concentration. 

4.  The  Value  of  Monotony. 

5.  Feats  of  Genuine  Merit. 

6.  Ode  to  my  Amanuensis. 


190          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


SPEED  AND  LEGIBILITY. 

One  of  the  wildest  delusions  that  ever  took  possession  of  a  stu- 
dent's mind  is  the  idea  that  legibility  is  incompatible  with  speed. 
We  would  refer  the  student  to  the  letter  we  have  quoted  from  Mr. 
Little,  and  the  illustrations  given  below.  It  will  be  seen  that  the 
faster  the  writing,  the  smaller  the  notes  become,  owing  to  the 
stress  which  the  writer  is  under,  compelling  him  to  save  time  by 
shortening  the  space  over  which  the  pen  must  travel.  In  the  first 
line  the  characters  are  large  and  the  angles  clear,  thus  giving  an 
accurate  perception  of  form;  in  the  second  line  the  forms  are  but 
slightly  distorted,  while  in  the  third  and  fourth  lines,  the  beauty 
and  symmetry  of  the  first  line  are  apparent,  showing  behind  small 
imperfections,  the  complete  mastery  of  the  art  by  the  person  who 
wrote  the  sentence. 

The  cheap  paper  and  coarse,  scrawling  notes  permitted  in  some 
schools  are  a  disgrace  to  the  profession.  The  authors  know  of  an 
instruction  book  published  by  an  institution  having  more  enter- 
prise than  educational  ability,  that  contains  notes,  some  of  which 
are  one  and  one-half  inches  long.  Results  obtained  by  working 
from  such  a  copy  can  be  nothing  but  a  disappointment — a  wretched 
failure.  The  student  of  this  book  has  but  to  confer  with  any 
really  high-grade,  expert  stenographer  to  verify  to  his  satisfaction 
the  correctness  of  these  statements. 

Key  to  sentence :  It  is  not  possible  to  make  headway  with  so  little  practice  as 
some  people  are  willing  to  put  in. 


GXAHAM  AND    PITMANIC. 


191 


.  / 


192          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

LETTERS  OF  TWENTY-FIVE  WORDS. 


I  •**  '• 

I  ^     ^-      V.       J 

i .....  .-^_.y_  ^^ 

5     ^®   cC_/^w>^'^*»  \2' 


/ 


* 


-f   f 


2/373 


a/ 

2/3  13 


^_r 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC 


193 


7 


2" 


r 


^wf  ..r 


194 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD 


-/ 


/-      (/    ^^ 

^ -- 


~°  a^ 
—  fs  -..^. 


LETTERS  OF  FIFTY  WORDS. 


••** 


r 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC. 


195 


- 

"        " 


^  ^-t-      W. 


I    s^*-K 

U. 

"   N?" 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


rje'./.r 


V3  ^  /..C 


r3 

i,  ^  ^ 


vS 


.  C 


G_1 

~x  .2/7    \  /~. 

~.f  ^n 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


/ 


zo 


2f 


J- 


198          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


•  \  9 


r  / 

*.3 

r^f  *J_t  V 

^~^  9 

£x.  /-1-  Vc  c  \^f- 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC. 


199 


LETTERS  OF  ONE  HUNDRED  WORDS. 


200          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 
r— x       *  7 


*-*r/   f9 

V 


»  c 


&...-1- 


^-? 


GRAHAM  ASD    PITMANIC. 


*°\    -  \> 


j£-j 


202 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 
/ 


b/^9_u 

•s  O '     •  i  O 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


203 


i 


3  + 


<^~ 


204 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 


/Y 


v-  / 

\  —  \ 


rv- 


§£, 


a£ 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC. 

3 
c*i 


205 


- 
23Hr 


206  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC. 


207 


, 


23o-t 


_,^ 


\ 


208 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


x-    1/3 
f^f  ^. 


n^:_- 

*\ 

rj 

_^ 

a/ 

^o 

^)  iJ/-/j 

r^     d — 

.•A>.  . 
.4.  ^J.^1S, 


I-_D 


A 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC. 


209 


J./0-C. 


I 


V 


210          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


c 


_ 

|         I      ^ 

tr   J.  ' 


/C 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMAXir. 


211 


L 

U 


t~  ^-1 


r_-x 
\ 


212  SYNTHETIC   SHORTHAND    METHOD. 


x—  ^  —  4? 


<J->. 


\ 

V 


~<r-  ..... 


LITERARY  DEPARTMENT. 

FALLACY   OF   DICTATION. 


<-*  i  \          .V^-V 


V.--H.S- 


-  / 

J(  —  *      v 


[218] 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


215 


CONCENTRATION. 

PHOTOGRAPHED     FROM  ORIGINAL   NOTES. 


21Q  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 

THE  VALUE  OF  MONOTONY. 

CM^  J  ~y/_v 

•'  1  >/  ' 

— /  <xx ^  b  <r^-.^ 


•/ 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMAlflC. 


217 


V     A  "X__^|       I      t         V    x\       ,  I      /-*•» 

S_>_ >__V-  Z   I.,.. 

/ 

'?\  \ 

01  /e 

/^   fu 

I     /fl^i^t^t^i^  &U4stfaz?nS  /  j 

ll<        £i  \        ~" 
_    ; 
-  /  '^  *"l  ^iX 

"^S  x<1x  <?/_??_: 

C  *V>^"      x  * 

P    7       N-~V     X         i 

\^TT^  \^/7,.J»™x 

^^-9-^>«     i  *J     *      \       v        u 

--k_L     5^-^-1     ^J-         -//-P 

^iri-.^-a'^XxiV^  — 

\  U.  ^L\^l/^..  ^ 
**  )  ^ 


218 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

J 


I  < 

V-v- 


V  •  ^^ 

__.  \  — 


°\ 


r 


•/• 


~<^. 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


SHORTHAND  FEATS  OF  GENUINE  MERIT. 


~  < 

C      ^       U-          \         <i^       * 

I,  ""I 

D . .  ^  Jr 

-X      f  ^*v  ^_^        n  \-l        I 

\     o      ^X     AC...>L.\.os 

-y  x 


220 


SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


LI 


^-  3   V^X   , 


/ 


..-.-Ur  I  .C 


^ 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC. 


221 


..r._L.^..|..^  —  \  ~,--./-  V 
,\y  >-l~i 

r.;.  k  ^~v 

.--V-C-     =>p^-^--,\- 


/..  I  . 


- 


222          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

v/1  <;\_  -J  •  1  "-'  ,  .  c ^J 


I 


-L- 


~1* 


V^xO 


I 


_..__ 


^ 


r  r/L .s . 


i^,  \   ,/ 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC. 


223 


\ 
\ 


/ 

m 

V, 


Tn^o 


224          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 


/V  -P 


c-D 


V 


\ 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC. 

ODE  TO  MY  AMANUENSIS. 


225 


& 


1 

c 

•..Li_  .  . 

-o  *_^>... 

-\,^-   <    f  X^c 

\x,.  (0.    ~T^7  o  ') 

/ 


226  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

TALKS  TO  THE  STUDENT. 

Practice — The  first  instruction  about  practice  is,  to  divert 
the  mind  from  some  of  the  vague  advice  given  by  those 
who,  whatever  may  be  their  skill  as  practitioners,  lack  com- 
petency as  instructors.  Several  books  make  much  of  this  legend — 
practice,  practice,  PBACTICE.  Now,  what  does  the  young  student, 
lacking  years  of  mental  training,  and  knowing  nothing  of  psycho- 
logical phenomena,  really  understand  from  this  indefinite,  abbre- 
viated, fractional  part  of  a  sentence?  If  the  writer  were  to  under- 
take to  give  anything  in  a  single  breath  (if  anything  important 
could  be  given  in  a  breath),  he  would  say,  accuracy,  continuity, 
purpose,  with  equal  emphasis  to  each.  This  gives  a  little  idea  of 
what  is  required,  because  to  simply  emphasize  the  word  practice, 
does  not  indicate,  as  it  should,  that  practice  and  labor  are  worth- 
less unless  well  directed;  and  well  diiected  practice  achieves  but 
little  without  a  stupendous  amount  of  tedious  labor. 

The  three  expressive  words  above  mentioned  are  fit  subjects  for 
a  very  long  chapter.  In  a  general  way  they  cover  the  whole 
ground. 

All  things  which  require  manual  skill,  such  as  music,  art,  me- 
chanics, etc.,  are  the  result  of  long  continued,  systematic  and 
intense  application  only,  of  which  the  unskilled  laborer  has  little 
or  no  comprehension.  While  speaking  of  these  three  subjects,  in- 
dependent of  any  particular  craft,  we  will  sum  them  all  up  undei 
the  general  heading  of  ATTENTION: 

Accuracy:      That     which    requires     thorough 
knowledge  put  into  practice  without  errors. 

Continuity:     Continuous,    steady     advance    of 
ATTENTION.    {    ,, 

thought  or  hand ;  not  spasmodic. 

Purpose:    As  many  hours  labor  in  a  day  as  the 
physical  system  will  permit. 

Accuracy — Accuracy  evidently  means  doing  something  with- 
out making  any  mistakes;  but  to  detect  errors  without  the  over- 
sight of  an  instructor  is  quite  another  thing.  That  is  the  thing 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  227 

you  must  study,  •without  which  all  your  labor  and  research 
meaus  nothing.  If  you  are  not  working  on  a  basis  of  absolute 
knowledge  of  first  principles,  and  ability  to  put  it  into  practice 
without  error  or  oversight,  you  must  acquire  this  habit  regardless 
of  speed,  or  you  may  as  well  abandon  your  pursuit.  A  slow,  ac- 
curate person  may  succeed;  a  rapid,  spasmodic  person — never. 
The  musician  must  perform  his  selection  without  technical  error 
before  he  can  strive  for  brilliancy  or  delicacy  in  his  execution. 
The  artist  must  understand  perspective  and  the  harmony  of  color 
before  he  can  put  life  and  beauty  into  his  product. 

The  mechanic  who  can  not  accurately  measure  off  a  square 
would  be  worthless,  however  brilliant  may  be  his  ideas  of  archi- 
tecture. The  penman  who  can  not  make  a  character  slowly  and 
get  the  correct  form  will  never  be  a  fine  writer,  however  delicate 
the  lines  he  may  make  or  however  rapid  may  be  his  writing.  The 
stenographer  who  can  not  execute  shorthand  notes  that  may  be 
read  individually  or  collectively  by  another  stenographer  who  un- 
derstands his  system  of  writing,  has  not  the  first  elements  of 
success.  He  must  first  achieve  this  one  acquirement,  which  is  the 
key  to  success — the  foundation  upon  which  all  structures  are  built. 

Continuity — Continuity  means  unbroken,  steady  progress  of  the 
mental  or  physical  faculties.  The  slow  stage  horse  covers  more 
distance  than  the  record-breaker  and  is  worth  more  for  practical  use. 
The  slow,  methodical  student  who  keeps  moving  and  keeps 
thinking  is  the  successful  scholar.  It  is  difficult  to  explain 
this  feature  of  attention  without  verbal  illustration.  A  student 
committing  a  history  or  botany  lesson  to  memory,  immedi- 
ately upon  getting  the  idea  of  one  paragraph,  should  pro- 
ceed to  the  next  without  looking  across  the  room,  without 
looking  through  the  window,  without  stopping  to  think  of 
the  funny  thing  that  happened  in  school  the  day  before,  and  with- 
out haste  or  nervousness,  simply  read  the  next  paragraph,  and 
while  reading  it  think  of  the  information  that  is  contained  therein. 
The  laborer  who  is  sawing  wood,  saws  off  a  stick,  movts  the  bal- 
ance forward  the  length  of  another  stick  and  begins  the  second  cut 
with  a  continuous,  unhesitating  movement,  and  therefore  accom- 
plishes much  with  ease.  The  stenographer  while  practicing  for 


228          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

speed  has  but  one  thought  in  his  mind  after  having  achieved  accu- 
racy, and  that  is,  the  instant  the  character  is  written,  the  pen  is  on 
the  beginning  of  the  next  character  and  is  writing  it.  It  is  a  fact 
worth  knowing,  that  the  80  word  per  minute  stenographer  makes 
most  of  his  characters  at  a  150  word  per  minute  speed.  Wherefore, 
then,  these  results.  While  he  hesitates  through  mental  or  physical 
incompetency  on  one  of  his  outlines,  the  student  who  has  practiced 
continuity,  continues  while  the  former  hesitates.  Upon  this  sub- 
ject of  continuity  depends  that  faculty  which  is  so  rare,  executive 
ability.  A  man  who  can  do  sixty  times  as  much  in  sixty  minutes 
as  he  can  do  in  one  minute  has  a  power,  which,  while  not  apparent 
as  you  look  at  him,  enables  him  to  surely  climb  over  his  fellows, 
and  out-distance  them  in  the  race. 

Continuity  is  the  most  difficult  feature  of  attention  to  acquire. 
It  requires  the  greatest  effort;  it  is  the  thing,  which,  accomplished, 
enables  the  student,  the  scholar,  financier  or  laborer  to  obtain  the 
coveted  results.  Anybody  can  hang  over  a  thing  twelve  or  four- 
teen hours  a  day;  anybody  can  be  accurate  if  they  will  take  time 
enough;  but  nobody  can  possess  the  invaluable  cultivation  of  a 
continuous,  unbroken  progress,  without  a  desperate  effort — without 
years  of  cultivation  and  many  discouragements.  It  may  take  twenty 
years  for  the  absent-minded  man  to  become  always  present-minded, 
but  the  results  are  worth  the  labor.  The  short  life  he  has  to  live 
is  lengthened  many  fold  by  the  use  he  makes  of  it.  His  labor, 
his  pleasure,  his  rest,  his  recreation  all  come  naturally  in  their 
time,  as  it  were,  with  a  rythm  that  lends  a  charm  to  exist- 
ence, because  every  part  of  his  existence  has  an  object  and  gives 
satisfaction. 

Purpose. — Purpose  is  the  effort  of  the  mind  to  accomplish  an  end; 
to  finish — complete  something. 

Once  having  mastered  the  fundamental  principles  of  a  science 
or  art,  and  having  acquired  the  power  to  work  continuously,  the 
great  question  now  presents  itself,  shall  we  do  the  labor  to  succeed 
that  others  have  done  who  have  accomplished  the  same  results 
before  us?  The  "midnight  oil,"  or  "early  to  bed  and  early  to 
rise,"  and  other  old  saws,  do  not  explain  how  to  work;  besides, 
what  is  there  in  being  robbed  of  natural  rest  at  either  end  of  the 


GRAHAM   AND    PITMANIC.  229 

night?  What  we  wish  to  present,  is  some  definite  view  of  labor 
which  brings  results.  Many  an  old  farmer  who  has  risen  while  "the 
stars  were  shining,"  and  labored  "while  they  were  still  shining," 
dies  and  bequeaths  to  his  children  the  mortgage  which  he 
himself  has  carried  for  half  a  century.  That  was  labor  from  the 
drudgery  standpoint,  without  definite  purpose.  \ 

The  stenographer  who  is  ambitious  to  become  a  famous  reporter 
may  have  written  from  dictation  (as  if  dictation  ever  gave  speed) 
hours,  days  and  weeks,  and  finally  gave  up  in  hopeless  despair; 
the  musician  who  played  anything  and  everything,  allows  natural 
talent  to  go  to  waste,  notwithstanding  his  hours  of  labor.  Labor! 
but  in  all  these  cases  there  was  nothing  but  labor.  There  was  not 
that  definite  purpose  of  the  mind  with  a  clear  knowledge  of  the 
requirements  to  accomplish  some  end.  Would  you  have  labor 
bring  you  success?  Then,  first  ascertain  what  your  work  is  doing 
for  you;  exert  the  mind  to  make  an  effort  to  GAIN  THE  END  IN 
VIEW.  We  will  present  here  the  case  of  a  stenographer  who 
desires  to  acquire  a  high  degree  of  skill.  First  of  all  let  him 
measure  up  his  physical  capacity.  The  school  day  of  five  and  a 
half  hours  was  intended  for  children,  and  country  boys,  perhaps, 
who  must  work  part  of  the  time.  If  yon  would  be  competent  in 
first  principles,  you  must  work  twelve  solid  hours  of  sixty  intense 
minutes  each  and  every  day  except  Sunday  for  years.  You  may 
do  it  in  less  time  than  many  others.  It  may  require  more. 
Twelve  hours  a  day  leaves  about  four  hours  for  rest  and  physical 
exercise.  A  little  careful  study  on  your  part  will  enable  you  to 
use  these  four  hours  so  that  you  can  labor  the  other  twelve. 

Let  us  sum  up  the  enormous  value  of  time  gained  by  a  person 
who  works  twelve  hours  a  day  for  a  period  of  five  years: 

The  student  who  works  five  and  a  half  hours  a  day,  but 
not  intensely,  gets  perhaps  two  hours  of  real  value,  although  he 
appears  to  be  fairly  industrious.  Figure  it  up  and  you  will  find 
that  it  will  take  him  thirty  years,  or  the  best  part  of  his  natural 
life,  to  accomplish  that  which  his  friend  accomplished  in  five 
years. 

But  this  does  not  express  it  all.  The  student  who  thus  labors 
intensely  for  five  years  forms  the  habit  of  work.  He  has  acquired 


230          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

power.  What  was  a  day's  labor  to  him,  is  now  bnt  a  few  duties 
before  his  day's  work  is  begun. 

So  we  continue  our  ratio  of  six  to  one,  the  latter  accomplish- 
ing as  much  in  twenty-five  years  as  his  neighbor  would  do  if  he 
were  to  live  one  hundred  and  fifty  years. 

Why  do  men  rush  to  Klondike  hardships  and  uncertainties 
when  such  a  wealth  of  power  and  possibilities  lie  within  their 
reach'? 

As  above  remarked,  we  may  labor  persistently  for  years,  but  it 
is  the  determined,  unswerving  resolution  to  EFFECT  A  RE- 
SULT that  counts.  The  farmer  referred  to  never  rested  from  his 
physical  toil  to  plan  and  study  as  to  how  his  labor  should  help 
him  throw  off  the  galling  yoke  of  a  mortgage. 

The  value  of  time  and  labor  is  appreciated  by  the  few. 

Many  persons  who  would  save  a  dollar  or  a  dime,  lawlessly 
throw  away,  without  thought  thousands  and  thousands 
of  dollars  worth  of  that  valuable,  inestimable  treasure — time. 
Watch  it;  economize  it;  study  to  make  the  most  of  it,  and  you 
will  feel,  slowly,  but  surely,  that  you  are  rising,  growing,  devel- 
oping, and  all  that  life  can  produce  for  you  that  makes  life  worth 
living  is  yours. 


NOMENCLATURE,  OR  THE  TECHNI- 
CAL NAMES. 

Unfamiliarity  with  the  nomenclature  prevents  either  good  for- 
mation of  outlines  or  ready  reading  of  notes. 

To  be  a  first-class  writer  the  following  names  must  be  studied 
and  the  characters  they  represent  written  until  they  are  as  natural 
as  the  ordinary  language.  Vowels,  in  the  names,  are  necessary  as 
a  part  of  the  name;  they  are  not  a  part  of  the  character  named. 

ALPHABET. 

P  B  T  D  Cha  J  K  Ga  F  V  Ith  The  S  Z  Sha  Zha  La  aE  M  N 
Ing  Emp  Wa  Ya  Ha  Ra. 

Brief  signs— Ye,  Yii,  Wg,  Wu,  Is,  H8. 

Never  pronounce  the  Brief  signs  the  same  as  the  stroke.  Iss  is  not 
Ess;  Wg  or  Wii  is  not  Wa. 

ISS   PREFIXED. 

(188,  usually  written  IS  for  convenience,  pronounce  soft  8.) 

(Soft  sound  of  S )  Spe,  Iss-Be,  Ste,  Iss-De,  Iss-Chay,  Is-Jay, 
Ska,  Is-Ga,  Is-F,  Is-V,  Is-Ith,  Is-The,  Is-S,  Is-Z,  Is  Ish,  (la-Shay 
when  made  up),  Sla,  Is-R,  Is-Ra,  Sem,  Sen,  Is-Ing,  Sway,  Is  Ya, 
Is-Hay. 

IS  AT  BEGINNING  AND  END. 

(Give  E  and  A  long  Sound.) 

SPes,  Iss-Bes,  Stes,  Iss-Des,  Iss-Chas,  Iss-Jas,  Skas,  Iss-Gas,  Iss- 
Efs,  Iss-Vs,  Issrlths,  Iss-Thes,  Is-S-Is,  Is-Zes,  Is-Shas,  Slas,  Is-Ars, 
Iss-Ras,  Iss-Ms,  Iss-Eus,  Iss-Ings,  Sways,  Iss-Yays,  Iss-Has. 

HOOKS. 

L  Hook— Pie,  Ble,  Tel,  Del,  Chel,  Jel,  Kle,  Pie,  Fie,  Vel,  Thel, 
THel,  Shel,  Zhel,  Rel,  Mel,  Nel,  Yel,  Hel. 

[231] 


232          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

When  certain  of  above  characters  are  followed  by  a  vowel,  or 
known  to  be  the  letters  at  the  end  of  a  word,  they  are  pronounced 
as  follows:  Pel,  Bel,  Kel,  Gel,  Fel.  Hel  is  indicated  by  enlarging 
the  Hook  on  Hay;  it  is  rarely  ever  used. 

B  Hook— Pie,  Bre,  Tre,  Dre,  Kre,Gre,  Cher,  Jer,  Fre,  Ver,  Thre, 
THer,  Sher,  Zher,  Mer,  Ner. 

When  occurring  at  the  end  of  a  word,  with  no  final  vowel, 
change  certain  of  the  above  to  the  following  names:  Per,  Ber, 
Ter  Der,  Ker,  Ger  Fer. 

TH  when  capital  H  is  used,  means  hard  sound,  as  in  Then,  This; 
when  small  h,  give  soft  sound,  as  in  Thin,  Thick. 

N  Hook — Pen,  Ben,  Ten,  Den,  Chen,  Jen,  Ken  Gen,  Een,  Hen, 
Fen  Ven,  Then,  THen,  Sen,  Zen,  Shen  Zhen,  Mem,  Nen,  Ingen, 
Empen  Yen,  Wan,  Len,  Am. 

F  Hook—Pef,  Bef,  Tef,  Def,  Chef,  Jef,  Kef,  Gef,  Hef,  Eef, 
Thef,  Sef. 

COMBINED  HOOK. 

L  and  F  Hooks  Combined— Plef,  Blef,  Telf,  Delf,  Chelf,  Jelf, 
Clef,  Glef. 

L  and  N  Hooks  Combined — Plen,  Blen,  Tien,  Dlen,  Chlen,  Klen, 
Glen,  Flcn,  Vlen,  Thlen,  Mien,  Neln,  Rein. 

B  and  F  Hooks  Combined— Pref,  Bref,  Tref,  Dref.'Cherf,  Jerf, 
Kref,  Gref. 

B  and  N  Hooks  Combined — Pren,  Bren,  Tren,  Dren,  Chern, 
Jern,  Kren,  Gren,  Fren,  Vern,  Them,  THern,  Shren,  Mern,  Nern. 

Enlarged  Hooks— Pier,  Bier,  Tier,  Dler,  Chler,  Jler,  Kler,  Gler, 
Fler,  Vler,  Thler,  THler,  Shlei,  Merl,  Nerl,  Prel,  Brel,  Trel,  Krel, 
Grel,  Frel,  Verl,  Merl,  Nerl,  Pshon,  Bshon,  Tshon,  Dshon,  Gashon, 
Mshon,  Petiv,  Ktiv,  Jtiv,  etc. 

S,  R  and  N — Spren,  Is  Bren,  Stren,  Is-Dren,  Skren,  Is-Gren, 
Is-Fren,  Is- Vern,  Is-Thern,  Is-THern,  Smern,  Snern. 

S,  R  and  F— Spref,  la-Bref,  Stref,  Is-Dref,  Is-Cherf,  Is-Jerf, 
Skref,  Is-Gref,  Is-Fren,  Is,  Vern. 

HALF  LENGTH  NOMENCLATURE. 

Pet,  Bet,  Tet,  Det,  Chet,  Jet,  Ket,  Get,  Fet,  Vet,  Thet,  THet, 
Est,  Zed,  Isht,  Shayt,  Emt  or  Met,  Ent  or  Net,  Med  or  Emd,  Let, 
Eld,  Art,  Ard,  Ret,  Het.  (Halved  only  in  special  signs.) 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  233 

8  Combined  with  Half  Lengths  and   Hooks — Spet,  Splet,  Speft, 
Spleft,  Spent,  Splent,  Spret. 
Is-Bet,  Is  Blet,  Is-beft,  Is-Bleft,  Is-Blent,  Is-Bret. 
Stet,  Stefb,  Stent,  Spleft,  Splet,  Sprent,  Spret. 
Is-Det,  Is-Delt,  Is-Deft,  Is-Dent,  Is-Dret. 
Is-Chet,  Is-Jet,  Is-Jeft,  Is-Chent. 
Sket,  Sklet,  Skleft,  Skent,  Skrefb,  Skrent. 
Is  Get,  Is  Gleft,  Is-Glent,  Is-Grent,  Is  Greft. 
Is-Fet,  Is-Fent,  Is-Fret,  Is-Frent,  Is-Flent. 
Thent,  Is-Thent,  Thrent,  Is-Thrent,  Frent,  Frends. 
THret,  Thlet,  Smelt,  Snelt,  Smert,  Snert. 

ISS  AND  HOOKS  COMBINED. 

When  two  names  are  given,  the  first  is  to  be  preferred;  but  in 
reading,  if  pronouncing  one  name  does  not  give  the  required 
name  try  the  other,  as  in  many  cases  the  mere  pronunciation  of 
the  nomenclature  will  suggest  the  word  if  not  actually  pronoune  it. 

S  and  L  Hook  combined — Spel  or  Sple,  Is-Bel,  Is-Tel,  Is-Del,  Is- 
Chel,  Is-Jel,  Skel  or  Skle,  Is-Gel,  Is-Fel,  Is-Vel,  Is-Thel,  Is-THel, 
Shel,  Zhel,  Smel,  Snel. 

S  and  R  Hook  combined — Sper  or  Spree,  Is-Ber,  Ster  or  Stre,  Is- 
Der,  Is-Cher,  Is-Jer,  Skre  or  Sker,  Is-Ger,  Is-Fer,  Is-Ver,  Is-Ther, 
Is-THer,  Smer,  Sner. 

Sand  F  combined— Spef,  Sbef,  Stef,  Is-Def,  Is-Chef,  Is-Jef,  Skef, 
Is-Gef;  Is-F  or  Sef,  Is-V,  Is  Ith  or  Sith,  Is-THe,  Is-Es  or  Sis,  Is-z, 
Is,  M  or  Sem,  Is-N  or  Sen,  Is-Emb  or  Semp,  Is-Ing  or  Sing,  Is- 
Ya,  Sway. 

S  and  N  combined — Spen,  Is- Ben,  Sten,  Is-Den,  Is-Chen,  Is-Ken, 
Is-Gen,  Is-Ren,  Is-Fen,  Is-Ven,  Is-Then,  Is-Shen,  Smen,  Snen, 
Is-Len  or  Slen,  Is-Arn  or  Sarn. 

S,  L  and  F  combined— Splet',  Is-Blef,  Is-Telf,  Is-Delf,  Is-Chelf, 
Is-Jelf,  Sklef,  Is-Glef,  Is-Flen,  Is-Vlen,  Is-Meln  or  Smeln,  Is- 
Neln  or  Sneln,  Is-Rel. 

S,  L  and  N  combined — Splen,  Is-Blen,  Is-Tlen,  Is-Dlen,  Sklen, 
Is-Glen,  Is-Flen,  Is-Vlen,  Is-Mlen,  Is-Nlen. 


234  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 

STE   LOOP,  STR   LOOP  AND    LENGTHENED 
PRINCIPLE. 

The  small  loop  is  invariably  called  StS  at  the  beginning  and 
Est  at  the  end  of  outlines,  and  when  possible  the  sound  should 
coalesce  with  the  name  of  the  stem,  which  should  be  pronounced 
according  to  the  previous  tables. 

Thus,  Peest,  not  Pe  Est,  Kayst,  not  Ka  Est,  Nest,  Ernst,  etc.  At 
the  beginning  it  is  not  so  easily  joined  in  sound,  but  must  be 
called  Ste  Pet,  Ste  Per,  Ste  Pend,  as  the  case  may  be. 

The  Ste  loop  is  unjoinable  to  F  or  L  hook,  but  is  joined  and 
always  coalesces  with  the  N  hook  on  straight  strokes.  Thus, 
Penst,  Kanst,  etc.  The  half  length  S  stroke  is  used  following 
hooks  on  curves,  and  the  name  being  similar  there  can  be  no 
confusion,  since  the  nature  of  the  stroke  indicates  whether  loop 
or  S  stroke  is  indicated. 

Lengthened  strokes  are  usually  terminated  with  Tr,  excepting 
Ing  and  Emp,  which  are  called  Inker  and  Ember;  and  if  this  does 
not  give  the  word,  try  the  sounds  Dr,  Thr  or  THr. 

OIDS. 

Old  means  like,  as  in  sphereoid — likera  sphere.  Petoid,  like  a 
Pet.  The  difference  between  the  Oids  and  half  lengths  is  that 
the  Oids  are  theoretically  a  little  shorter  than  half  lengths. 

The  one  rule  of  pronouncing  these  characters  is  simply  to  add 
the  name  "Oid  "  to  the  otherwise  half  length.  Pet-oid,  etc. 

The  Oids  are  arbitrary  signs  for  words  not  based  on  the  pri- 
mary alphabet,  and  are  therefore  the  only  "word-signs."  They 
may  have  hooks  and  circles  and  otherwise  receive  straight  line 
modifications,  except  they  can  not  be  lengthened  nor  halved. 

Petoid,  Tetoid,  Chetoid,  Jedoid,  etc. 


KEY 

BUSINESS   LETTERS. 
LETTERS  OF  TWENTY-FIVE  WORDS. 

[1] 
Messrs.  Day  <fc  Night,  New  York,  N.  Y.: 

Enclosed  find  order  for  goods,  which  we  shall  be  pleased  to  have  you  fill 
promptly  and  ship  us  immediately  by  American  Express  to  Toledo. 

Yours  truly, 
[2] 
Messrs.  Doanc  Bros.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.: 

Gentlemen — We  ship  you  to-day  by  freight,  over  the  Michigan  Southern 
&  Lake  Shore  R.  B.,  four  hundred  yards  of  heavy  duck. 
Hoping  it  will  prove  satisfactory,  Yours  truly, 

'       [3] 
Mr.  T.  D.  \Vliile,  Toledo,  Ohio: 

Dear  Sir — Enclosed  find  our  statement  for  May.  As  we  are  in  special 
need  of  funds,  owing  to  our  recent  fire,  a  remittance  will  be  highly  appre- 
ciated. 

[4] 
Mr.  L.  Keyes,  Baltimore,  Md.: 

Dear  Sir — We  are  in  receipt  of  your  statement  of  the  5th,  and  same  shall 
have  our  prompt  attention  on  the  15th. 
Trusting  this  will  be  satisfactory,  Very  respectfully, 

[5] 
Mr.  John  Smith,  Rutland,  Vt.: 

Dear  Sir — We  are  in  receipt  of  your  letter  of  the  5th  inst.,  asking  for 
remittance  of  our  November  account,  and  same  shall  receive  our  prompt 
attention 

[6] 
Mr.  G.  A.  Davis,  Nashua,  N.  H.: 

We  are  in  receipt  of  your  letter  of  the  8th  inst.,  with  check  for  $480.32,  for 
which  please  accept  our  thanks.  Yours  truly, 

[7] 
Mr.  J.  M.  Bixby,  Portland,  Me.: 

Dear  Sir — We  enclose  bill  of  exchange  for  $4000.00,  that  being  the  amount 
in  full  settlement  for  shipment  of  goods  as  per  statement. 

[235] 


236          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

[8] 
Mr.  Thomas  Bain,  Boston,  Mass.: 

Dear  Sir — In  response  to  your  letter  of  the  15th  inst.,  will  say  that  our 
representative  will  call  on  you  and  arrange  matters  to  your  satisfaction. 

Yours  truly, 
[9] 
Messrs.  Grout  &  Buck,  Windsor,  Vt.: 

Gentlemen — The  annual  meeting  of  the  Black  Eiver  Valley  Cattle  Show 
Association  will  be  held  on  the  5th  of  September  at  Tamany  Hall.  Your 
presence  is  requested.  Very  respectfully, 

[10] 
Messrs.  Block  &  Blum,  New  Orleans,  La.: 

Gentlemen — We  enclose  statement  of  your  account  to  January,  and  as 
we  have  heavy  payments  to  make  at  once,  your  promptness  will  greatly 
oblige. 

LETTERS  OF  FIFTY  WORDS. 

[ii] 
Mr.  John  Fisher,  Nashville,  Tenn.: 

Dear  Sir — Your  favor  of  yesterday  just  at  hand.  I  shall  be  pleased  to 
assist  you  with  your  manuscript,  but  fear  it  will  be  impossible  to  do  any- 
thing about  it  until  next  Saturday,  when  I  shall  be  at  liberty  for  the  day. 
You  can  bring  the  manuscript  with  you,  and  we  can  look  it  over  together 
at  my  office.  Yours  truly, 

[12] 

Messrs.  White  &  Brown,  Dover,  Delaware: 

Gentlemen:  We  are  in  receipt  of  your  favor  of  the  15th  inst.,  asking  for 
prices  on  our  ornamental  printing,  and  we  enclose  herewith  specimens  of 
menu  cards,  ball  programs,  wedding  announcements,  etc.  We  shall  be 
pleased  to  render  any  further  information  you  may  desire. 

Awaiting  your  response  with  pleasure,  we  remain, 

Yours  truly, 
[13] 
Messrs.  Moss  &  Fisher,  Richmond,  Va.: 

Gentlemen — Can  you  not  arrange  to  take  care  of  the  balance  due  us  on 
your  old  account  this  month?  We  are  particularly  anxious  that  all  of  the 
small  balances  due  us  that  have  been  standing  on  our  books  the  past  year 
should  be  settled  before  the  1st  of  October.  Yours  truly, 

[14] 
Mr.  Albert  Billings,  Wheeling,  W.  Va.: 

Dear  Sir — We  are  in  receipt  of  your  valued  favor  of  the  15th  inst  enclos- 
ing statement  for  July.  Enclosed  herewith  will  please  find  check  for 


OR  AH  AM  AND   PITMANIC.  237 

$98.02.  We  require  one  gross  of  variegated  ladies'  work  boxes,  also  25 
poker  chip  holders  for  our  holiday  trade,  which  goods  please  ship  at  your 
earliest  convenience.  Very  truly, 

[15] 

Messrs.  Boone  &  Kory,  Galveston,  Texas  : 

Gentlemen — We  beg  to  acknowledge  receipt  of  your  letter  of  the  15th, 
and  beg  to  state  that  your  commission  as  therein  stated  shall  have  our  atten- 
tion as  soon  as  we  find  the  parties  to  whom  you  refer.  We  will  notify  you 
promptly  of  further  developments  in  the  matter.  Respectfully, 

[16] 
Mr.  Otis  Graves,  Baltimore,  Vt.: 

We  are  in  receipt  of  your  favor  of  the  15th  inst.,  and  we  herewith  enclose 
you  our  latest  price  list,  from  which  we  will  quote  you  the  following  dis- 
counts: Vermont  butter,  20%  off;  New  York  creamery,  25%  off;  oleomargarine, 
60*  off. 

Soliciting  your  orders,  we  remain,  Yours  very  truly, 

[17] 
Elwood  Stowe,  First  National  Bank,  Galveston,  Texas  : 

Dear  Sir — We  are  in  receipt  of  your  esteemed  favor  of  late  date,  and  it 
gives  us  pleasure  to  quote  you  for  immediate  shipment  F.  O.  B.,  pecan 
nuts,  40c  per  sack;  butternuts,  80c  per  sack;  chestnuts,  51. 00  per  bushel. 
Trusting  we  may  receive  your  order,  we  remain, 

Very  respectfully, 
[18] 
Mr.  E.  P.  Smith,  Lansing,  Mich.: 

Dear  Sir — I  thank  you  kindly  for  your  attention  in  the  matter  of  my 
accident  policy;  but  owing  to  my  having  taken  out  another  policy  for  a 
great  deal  less  money,  I  feel  compelled  to  discontinue  this  one.  Enclosed 
find  remittance  for  Mayfirstassessment,  which  please  acknowledge. 

With  thanks  and  regards, 

[19] 
Mr.  Otis  Flavins  Amburn,  Memphis,  Tenn.: 

Dear  Sir— Replying  to  your  statement  of  the  29th,  would  say  that  we  sent 
you  a  statement  of  your  account  to  Rochester,  Mich.,  on  the  16th  inst.  We 
expected  settlement  of  this  account  before  this,  and  hope  you  will  send  us 
check  for  the  whole  amount  at  once  if  possible. 

(NOTE — In  practice,  the  disjoined' syllable  D  on  expected  is  dropped,  ac- 
cording to  principle  19,  section  231.) 

[20] 
Messrs.  Sonfield  cfc  Fly,  Hullever  Place,  Little  Bock,  Ark.: 

Gentlemen — Referring  to  yours  of  the  16th,  calling  for  an  answer  to  your 
letter  of  previous  date,  we  beg  to  state  that  we  acknowledged  receipt  of 


238          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

said  letter  under  date  of  July  13th,  and  we  enclose  copy  herewith  in  case 
the  original  should  have  gone  astray.     Trusting  prices  will  lie  satisfactory, 

Yours  very  truly, 
[21] 
Mr.  Frank  Van  Pelt,  Des  Moines,  Iowa: 

Sir — Kindly  inform  me  at  once  what  you  intend  to  do,  if  anything,  about 
the  money  you  took  from  me  to  apply  on  books.  You  say  that  you  returned 
the  books  to  the  publishers,  but  you  forgot  to  say  anything  about  the 
deposit  on  them.  Please  explain. 

Respectfully, 

[22] 
Mr.  E.  B.  Lynch,  Lincoln,  Neb.: 

Dear  Sir — Your  favor  of  the  2oth  inst.  received.  Will  you  kindly  inform 
what  facilities  you  have  for  the  disposal  of  goods  in  the  Gulf  States,  and  is 
it  your  intention  to  sell  to  other  schools  and  colleges?  We  can  give  you 
rates  by  the  gross  which  will  be  to  your  advantage. 

Very  respectfully, 
[23] 
Messrs.  Davis  &  Barry,  St.  Paul,  Minn.: 

Gentlemen — We  want  for  a  customer  of  ours  an  old-fashioned  steel  money 
purse,  to  open  on  top,  with  a  compartment  inside  about  2%  inches  wide,  with 
a  steel  clasp,  made  of  good  strong  leather.  Something  serviceable,  such  as 
a  man  would  carry.  Send  it  by  mail  as  soon  as  possible,  and  oblige, 

Yours  truly, 
[24] 
Mrs.  F.  W.  Rugg,  Springfield,  in.: 

Dear  Madam — Your  letter  and  gloves  came  to  hand,  and  by  return  mail 
we  send  you  an  extra  large  pair  of  No.  8  gloves,  which  we  think  will  be 
large  enough  for  your  son.  Should  they  not  be,  kindly  return  them. 

Awaiting  further  favors,  we  remain,  Respectfully, 

LETTERS  OF  ONE  HUNDRED  WORDS. 

[25] 
Mr.  A.  F.  Sherman,  Ludlow,  Vt.: 

Dear  Sir — You  speak  of  wanting  to  advertise  in  ten  different  papers. 
About  how  much  space  do  you  want  for  advertising  ?  We  are  in  the  print- 
ing and  publishing  business  for  all  there  is  in  it,  and  when  we  can  see 
anything  in  which  there  is  a  dollar  we  are  ready  to  take  hold  of  it,  and  if 
we  can  see  any  money  in  it  for  you  and  ourselves  we  shall  be  ready  to  make 
a  contract  with  you.  Please  give  us  the  title  of  your  book,  as  we  find  we 
have  no  record  of  our  letter  to  you  on  the  subject.  Respectfully, 


GRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC.  239 

[26] 
Mr.  J.  E.  Carr,  Duluth,  Minn.: 

Dear  Sir— Replying  to  your  letter,  we  are  pleased  to  hear  from  you.  The 
documents  explain  the  nature  of  our  goods  and  our  manner  of  conducting 
business.  As  to  our  standing,  please  read  editorial  notices  in  marked 
daily  papers  of  our  city,  which  we  mail  you.  If  we  find  that  you  are 
honest  and  a  live,  active  salesman,  and  the  proper  party  to  represent  our 
house  and  manage  sub-agents,  we  will  engage  you  at  a  salary  as  per  en. 
closed  copy  of  agreement.  If  you  incline  to  accept  terms  on  enclosed  con- 
tract, please  sign  and  return.  Respectfully, 

[27] 
Mr.  A.  R.  Kipp,  Hartford,  Conn.: 

Dear  Sir — We  have  not  had  settlement  of  our  joint  account  for  many 
months,  and  we  feel  that  it  is  for  our  mutual  interests  to  settle  our  ac- 
counts periodically  at  intervals  of  not  more  than  three  months.  As  July 
marks  the  middle  of  the  year,  we  would  esteem  it  a  great  favor  if  you 
would  make  us  settlement  of  account  to  that  date  as  soon  as  possible. 
Although  the  account  is  not  large,  still  we  think,  as  above  stated,  that  it  is 
better  to  balance  our  accounts  frequently,  and  start  anew,  thereby  avoid- 
ing any  possibility  of  disputes  in  regard  to  old  accounts.  We  remain, 

Yours  very  truly, 
[28] 

Mr.  Thomas  Norton,  Charleston,  Mass.: 

Dear  Sir — We  are  in  receipt  of  your  letter  of  the  9th  inst.,  and  in  reply 
would  say  that  we  enclose  you  a  contract  written  out,  which  is  similar  to 
the  one  you  sent  us.  We  always  try  to  do  the  fair  thing  by  everybody,  as 
you  will  find  out  if  you  have  much  to  do  with  us.  We  do  not  wish  to  take 
advantage  of  any  one,  whether  we  have  a  contract  or  not.  Please  send 
your  copy  in  just  as  soon  as  you  can.  Have  it  all  written  out  neatly  on  the 
typewriter. 

Awaiting  your  immediate  response,  we  remain,  Yours  truly, 

[29] 
Mr,  Frank  Lamb,  Chicago,  III.: 

Dear  Sir — In  reply  to  yours  of  recent  date  would  say  that  we  desire  an 
agent  to  solicit  orders  for  oils  in  your  vicinity.  Enclosed  please  find  price 
list  of  brands  of  goods  we  wish  agents  to  sell.  We  do  not  know  that  you 
can  sell  oils,  so  can  not  make  you  an  offer  of  salary.  If  however,  you  are 
disposed  to  give  the  business  a  trial  and  will  agree  to  call  on  parties  who 
deal  in  oils  in  your  locality,  we  will  send  you  samples  of  oils  free  of 
charge.  If  you  want  full  sample  case  it  will  cost  you  84.00. 

Very  respectfully, 
[30] 
Mr.  Dallas  Pollard,  No.  4S0  Maple  Street,  Columbus,  Ohio  : 

Dear  Sir — Your  letter  of  yesterday  in  relation  to  rates  for  advertising  in 
the  "Mechanic's  Journal,"  ''Printer's  Magazine"  and  "Punch"  at  hand. 


240         SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

If  you  will  kindly  send  us  sample  copies  of  your  publication,  I  shall  be  in 
a  better  position  to  answer  you,  as  it  may  be  we  could  probably  arrange  for 
exchange  advertisements.  I  send  by  this  mail  copies  of  the  "  Mechanic's 
Journal"  and  the  "  Magazine."  At  present  we  have  no  space  at  liberty  in 
"  Punch,"  but  in  the  copies  which  I  send  you  we  could  probably  find  room 
for  an  exchange. 
Enclosed  please  find  price  list,  giving  cash  rates.  Yours  truly, 

[31] 
Mr.  H.  M.  Smith,  Haytown,  Neb.: 

Dear  Sir— I  have  just  received  word  of  the  manner  in  which  your 
company  violated  its  obligations  by  hauling  excursions  to  Niagara  Falls 
and  return.  You  have  broken  your  contract  with  us,  as  you  gave  no  notice 
of  your  intentions  to  run  such  train,  nor  did  you  conform  to  your  agreement 
in  regard  to  making  rates.  We  must  hereafter  decline  to  receive  business 
over  your  road  or  to  show  to  your  company  any  courtesies  customary  be- 
tween different  corporations  until  such  time  as  you  see  fit  to  make  proper 
compensation  to  this  company. 
Hoping  that  we  may  receive  a  proper  explanation,  we  are, 

Very  respectfully, 
[32] 
Mr.  Volney  Grant,  Paris,  Texas: 

Dear  Sir — Your  postal  of  the  2nd  is  here.  In  reply  would  say  that  the 
manufacturers  state  that  they  hope  lo  be  able  to  ship  your  order  for  wire 
to-day.  This  would  have  been  shipped  before,  but  the  order  calls  for  wire 
that  is  very  scarce.  We  have  for  three  times  hurried  the  manufacturers  on 
your  screen  doors.  We  are  very  anxious  to  get  these  doors  to  you,  but  it 
seems  as  if  it  were  almost  impossible  to  hurry  some  of  these  wire  manu- 
facturers. They  are  slower  than  molasses  in  January. 
Regretting  the  delay  and  assuring  you  of  our  desire  to  please,  we  remain, 

Yours  truly, 
[33] 

Mr.  David  H.  Snoke,  Richmond,  Ind.: 

Dear  Sir — Please  reply  to  our  letter  of  the  23th.  Shall  we  order  hook 
staples  direct  from  the  factory,  as  it  is  an  article  we  do  not  keep  in  stock  ? 
We  could  havf  had  them,  before  this  if  you  had  answered  our  letter  in  re- 
gard to  the  same.  In  regard  to  the  machine  tool,  it  went  forward  by 
steamer  "  Sanillac "  to  Cleveland,  May  the  30th,  and  the  transportation 
company  are  tracing  it  by  wire,  and  agree  to  do  everything  possible  to 
have  the  tool  delivered  to  you. 

Trusting  you  have  received  it  ere  this,  Yours  truly, 

[34] 
Mr.  J.  A.  Robinson,  Cleveland,  Ohio : 

Dear  Sir — Replying  to  your  favor  of  the  6th  inst.,  we  are  not  aware  that 
there  is  ar»y  adjustment  to  be  made  between  our  company  and  the  Lake 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMANIC.  241 

Shore  Co.  in  regard  to  the  lumber  used  on  our  cars.  We  have  been  in  cor- 
respondence with  Mr.  Beach  in  reference  to  the  correction  of  the  Lumber 
Co.'s  bill  against  your  company  for  the  lumber  we  used,  but  as  Mr.  Beach 
did  not  reply  to  our  last  letter,  we  supposed  that  the  matter  was  settled, 
and  yet  hope  such  is  the  case.  We  have  written  to  Mr.  Beach  to-day  in 
regard  to  the  matter.  Yours  truly, 

[35] 
Mr.  J.  B.  Mack,  Nashua,  N.  H.: 

Dear  Sir — Mr.  James  Smith,  from  Leland,  Powers  &  Co.,  of  this  city,  has 
made  application  to  us  to  have  the  thousand-mile  book  which  was  recently 
issued  to  Mr.  A.  D.  Davis,  who  is  also  an  employee  of  that  company,  trans- 
ferred to  his  name  so  that  it  can  be  used  by  him  over  this  road  and  over 
the  roads  where  the  ticket  reads  good.  We  have  this  day  wired  him  to 
the  effect  that  upon  his  calling  upon  you,  you  would  transfer  the  ticket  to 
him.  When  he  calls  you  may  transfer  the  ticket  which  he  presents  to  you. 

Yours  truly, 

[36] 

Mr.  Richard  Adlof,  Berlin,  Germany: 

Dear  Sir— In  reply  to  your  favor,  our  personal  letter  was  printed  on  an 
ordinary  printing  press  (tell  it  not  in  Gath).  The  "trick"  consists  in 
printing  the  letter  with  the  very  same  ink  that  is  used  in  manufacturing 
typewriter  ribbon  with  which  the  name  is  afterwards  filled  in.  This  ink  is 
furnished  by  the  ribbon"  manufacturer,  Mr.  A.  P.  Little,  of  Rochester,  N. 
Y.  Of  course  the  blind  copying  after  the  letter  is  finished  adds  to  the 
smoothness  of  the  effect. 

If  you  have  occasion  to  write  as  many  as  500  circular  letters,  try  this 
plan.  Very  truly  yours, 

[37] 
Mr.  Michael  Desmond,  Cairo,  III.: 

Dear  Sir — In  reply  to  your  proposition  of  the  12th,  would  say  that  we 
would  like  to  know  what  kind  a  book  it  is  you  want  to  publish,  and  about 
what  size  the  book  will  be,  how  many  pages  it  will  require,  what  style  of 
binding,  etc.?  Can  you  send  us  a  copy  of  what  you  want,  or  could  you 
send  us  a  sample  book,  so  we  could  look  it  over  and  see  how  much  of  a 
book  it  would  make,  and  about  what  kind  of  material  it  would  require?  We 
shall  then  be  better  able  to  give  estimates.  Respectfully, 

[38] 
Mr.  John  Titus,  Chicago,  III.: 

Dear  Sir — We  notice  your  advertisement  on  the  ninth  page  of  the  appen- 
dix in  the  "  National  Stenographer  "  for  July.  We  send  you  by  mail  to-day 
a  copy  of  the  "Student,"  a  new  journal  which  we  have  been  publishing  for 
the  last  three  months,  and  which  is  an  established  fixture.  We  have  worked 
up  a  remarkably  large  subscription,  and  our  success  still  goes  on.  We  shall 
be  pleased  to  insert  the  advertisement  you  speak  of  in  the  next  issue  for  $2.50, 


242          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

or  we  will  give  you  three  insertions,  one  each  month  for  the  next  three 
months,  for  $6.00.  Yours  truly, 

[39] 
Horace  Martin,  Claremont,  N.  H,: 

Your  favor  of  the  28th  ult.  received.  We  enclose  herewith 
proofs  of  a  few  etchings,  and  trust  you  will  find  them  correct  and  satisfac- 
tory. We  have  experienced  no  little  difficulty  in  etching  on  account  of 
blotches  in  the  copy.  We  had  an  architect  review  the  proofs  and  elimi- 
nate such  marks  as  did  not  belong  there,  and  we  think  you  will  find  the 
proofs  O.  K. 
Hoping  you  will  find  the  proofs  satisfactory,  we  remain, 

[40] 
Mr.  T.  W.  Hopkins,  Champaigne,  IU.: 

Dear  Sir — Replying  to  your  favor  of  late  date,  enclosing  $3.50  for  one 
insertion  of  a  one  inch  display  advertisement  in  the  Scientific  American, 
we  return  our  letter  of  April  20th,  quoting  you  rates  herewith  enclosed. 
We  keep  press  copies  of  all  letters  sent  out  by  us.  You  will  notice  that  we 
state  in  that  letter  that  tlie  June  Scientific  American  will  go  promptly  to 
press  May  13th.  Your  advertisement  was  received  on  the  22nd,  and  as  we 
have  gone  to  press  with  the  June  American,  it  is  therefore  too  late  for  that 
issue. 

Trusting  this  will  be  satisfactory.  Very  respectfully, 

[41] 
Mr.  Fred  Cross,  Mt.  Moses,  Vt.: 

Dear  Sir — We  enclose  herewith  bill  for  Day's  Dictionary,  which  we  are 
sending  you  to-day  by  mail.  If  you  will  advertise  this  as  you  propose  we 
would  supply  you  in  lots  of  ten  or  over  at  $2.10  per  copy,  which  with  the 
postage  added  would  make  $2.25.  We  suggest  if  you  can  not  order  ten  at 
once,  that  you  send  your  orders  to  us  and  we  ship  with  the  understanding 
that  if  your  purchases  should  amount  to  ten  within  the  next  three  months 
we  would  rebate  you. 
Hoping  this  suggestion  will  meet  with  your  approval,  we  are, 

Yours  very  truly, 
[42] 

Mr.  Fred  Wear,  care  F.  C.  Moore  &  Co.,  Springfield,  Vt.: 

Dear  Sir — Your  letter,  containing  money  order  received,  for  which  accept 
thanks.  Do  not  hesittate  to  write  me  at  any  time  that  I  can  be  of  service 
to  you  in  any  way.  The  Galveston  School  of  Art  is  having  the  largest  en- 
rollment in  its  history.  We  will  probably  have  to  open  another  depart- 
ment to  accommodate  our  students,  and  will  probably  have  to  open 
another  in  February,  if  students  come  in  as  they  do  at  present.  I  am  glad 
to  know  that  your  school  is  doing  well.  If  you  should  ever  visit  Galves- 
ton be  sure  to  make  us  a  call. 

Wishing  you  every  success,  I  am,  Yours  sincerely, 


GRAHAM  AND  PITXANIC.  243 

[43] 
Miss  Fannie  Burkcy,  Phoenix,  Ariz.: 

Miss  Burkey — Your  favor  of  the  29th  ult.  received.  We  are  pleased  to  know 
that  with  a  further  investigation  of  the  subject  you  are  finding  our  charges 
quite  moderate  and  reasonable.  From  the  tenor  of  your  former  letter  we 
received  the  impression  that  you  were  in  immediate  haste  for  the  plates, 
and  so  finished  up  the  remainder  as  speedily  as  possible  and  forwarded  the 
entire  lot  in  accordance  with  your  shipping  directions.  Should  you  deem 
it  advisable  for  us  to  do  any  further  work  on  the  plates,  we  will  be  pleased 
to  have  you  return  them,  and  to  be  at  your  service.  Very  truly, 

[44] 
Mr.  L.  D.  Walker,  Richmond,  Va.: 

Dear  Sir — The  enclosed  letter,  you  will  find,  replies  to  yours  of  the  2d  inst. 
and  as  the  same  was  signed  "  University  Publishing  Co.,"  we  took  it  for 
granted  that  a  letter  addressed  that  way  would  reach  you.  It  appears, 
however,  that  you  are  not  known  at  the  post  office,  and,  therefore,  the  en- 
closed letter  has  been  returned  to  us,  and,  in  consequence  of  it,  you  have 
suffered  delay. 

If  you  will  acknowledge  receipt  of  this  at  once  and  give  us  full  instruc- 
tions in  regard  to  shipping,  we  can  fill  your  order  by  October  1st. 

Very  respectfully, 
[45] 
Miss  M.  Jowcrs,  Toronto,  Ont.: 

Miss  Jowers — In  reply  to  yours  of  the  19th  ult.,  will  state  that  your  account 
was  duly  credited  with  $10.00,  as  per  receipt  sent  you  at  the  time,  but  as 
our  books  showed  an  unpaid  account  of  $4.00  as  per  invoice  No.  2108  of 
January  25,  the  balance  only  was  credited  on  your  invoice  of  the  19th.  We 
enclose  herewith  statement  of  your  account,  also  duplicate  bill  just  referred 
to  and  return  our  invoice  of  Nov.  19,  with  bill  for  added  corrections. 

We  trust  with  this  explanation  you  will  find  all  satisfactory.  Awaiting 
your  pleasure,  we  remain,  Yours  truly, 

[46] 
Mr.  G.  H.  Hill,  DCS  Moines,  Iowa: 

Dear  Sir — I  have  been  away  getting  married,  as  I  presume  you  have 
noticed  by  the  "  National  Stenographer."  This  accounts  for  the  fact  that 
your  letter  has  not  been  answered  sooner.  I  duly  received  the  remittance, 
$1.75,  and  gave  you  proper  credit.  The  subscriptions  commence  with  the 
June  issue.  I  hope  you  will  push  the  others  and  have  them  all  subscribe, 
and  pay  up  as  they  subscribe.  1  note  what  you  say  about  "  Smith's  Hand- 
book." It  is  not  possible  to  furnish  a  second-hand  copy  of  the  last  edition, 
but  I  will  mail  you  a  new  copy:  Fraternally, 


244          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

[47] 
Mr.  Frank  Woodruff,  West  Windsor,  Vt.: 

Dear  Sir — We  enclose  blank,  which  we  hope  you  will  kindly  fill  out  and 
return.  We  believe  this  information  in  our  files  will  work  to  your  advan- 
tage, for  it  will  enable  us  to  keep  in  touch  with  your  work,  to  offer  samples 
of  new  textbooks  that  meet  the  requirements  of  your  course,  to  send 
announcements  of  forthcoming  publications  and  to  answer  intelligently 
any  inquiry  that  may  be  addressed  to  us. 

We  thank  you  for  similar  courtesies  extended  to  us  in  the  past,  and  hope 
for  an  early  response  to  this  request. 

[48] 
Mr.  M.  D.  Jones,  Portland,  Ore.: 

Dear  Sir — The  situation  this  morning  shows  one  hundred  cars  of  grain 
and  two  hundred  cars  of  other  dead  freight  out  on  Chicago  terminals,  total 
seven  hundred  loads;  ten  cars  waiting  for  elevator,  one  hundred  seventy 
held  for  disposition  and  sixty  waiting  for  inspection;  one  hundred  thirty-six 
unloaded  in  elevator;  three  hundred  sixty-six  cars  laid  out  on  Chicago  section 
between  Kankakee  and  Champion,  inclusive,  principally  coal,  grain,  lumber 
and  other  freight.  There  is  no  accumulation  on  Amboise  or  Pontiac 
divisions.  Loading  is  being  handled  regularly  and  with  reasonable  prompt- 
ness. Twenty-five  cars  of  grain  are  loaded,  ready  to  move  to  New  York 
to-morrow  morning.  Respectfully, 

[49] 
Mr.  Joseph  Cohen,  Patterson,  N,  J.: 

Dear  Sir — We  have  yours  of  the  27th  ult.  returning  invoice  of  the  26th  for 
galvanized  barbed  wire  shipped  you  on  the  27th.  In  reply  would  say  that 
this  invoice  for  wire  was  ordered  by  letter  the  llth  of  March.  Your  order 
reads  as  follows;  "  Ship  to  Helena,  Montana,  four  hundred  pounds  four- 
point  galvanized  wire."  This  is  just  as  ordered,  with  the  exception  that 
we  were  obliged  to  send  five-point  instead  of  four-point,  as  we  had  no  four 
hundred  pound  rolls  in  stock  and  could  find  none. 

Your  order  for  nails  was  shipped  promptly. 

[50]  •         . 

Messrs.  Clarke  &  Courts,  Galveston,  Texas:  .  „ 

Gentlemen — For  accommodation  of  St.  Elizabeth's  church  Sunday  school, 
who  hold  picnic  at  Gardner's  Park,  August  15th,  a  special  train  will  be  re- 
quired to  leave  the  depot  at  9:30  returning  leave  Gardner's  Park  at  6:05  p. 
m.,  arriving  at  Forty-third  street,  it  will  go  from  the  Union  tracks  to  Slate 
street,  returning  leave  that  point  at  10  a.  m.,  stopping  at  Grand  and 
Drexell  Boulevards. 

All  the  above  stops  to  be  made  on  the  return  trip  from  Gardner's  Park  in 
the  evening,  State  street  excepted.  Please  an  ange  for  extra  cars  from  your 
station.  Respectfully, 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  245 

[51] 
Mr.  Max  Ruhl,  Mexico  City,  Mexico: 

Dear  Sir — Your  kind  favor  of  the  22d  to  Professor  Day,  of  this  city  has 
been  turned  over  to  us  by  him,  as  we  are  the  publishers  of  his  various 
works  on  drawing.  We  take  liberty  to  send  you  a  copy  of  the  new 
"Forms"  at  the  best  teachers'  rates,  and  hope  you  will  be  able  to  do  con- 
siderable with  the  same.  If  you  find  you  can  not  utilize  and  do  not  care  to 
keep  the  same,  although  we  trust  you  will,  you  may  return  it  to  us  within 
a  reasonable  length  of  time,  and  we  will  pass  it  to  your  credit. 

Very  truly  yours, 


LITERARY  DEPARTMENT. 

FLASHES  OF  THOUGHT  FROM  BRIGHT  MINDS  OF  THE 
PROFESSION. 

THE  FALLACY  OF  "DICTATION." 
By  A.  F.  Jatho. 

The  authors  of  the  book  fully  endorse  the  theory  here  expressed, 
that  mere  dictation  on  new  matter  by  the  hour  never  made  either 
fast  or  accurate  stenographers.  In  support  of  this  theory  it  may 
be  mentioned  that  when  Mr.  Jatho  accepted  his  first  position,  in  a 
large  wholesale  house,  one  of  the  stenographers  was  one  day  at 
lunch,  and  transcript  of  her  notes  being  required,  Mr.  Jatho  tran- 
scribed them  from  her  book  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  dictator. 
There  were  no-  plans  or  previous  arrangements,  or  any  favoring 
conditions  so  common  to  shorthand  exploits.  Miss  Weems,  the 
stenographer  referred  to,  had  been  under  the  same  instruction  that 
Mr.  Jatho  had,  but  they  were  contemporaneous  students  only  a 
very  short  time. 

Transcribing  from  the  notes  of  others  is  not  common  among 
reporters;  and  is  rarely  if  ever  practiced  among  office  amanuenses, 
and  certainly  not  without  the  most  careful  attention  to  notes  from 
the  very  beginning. 

These  notes  were  photographed  (not  engraved)  from  the  original, 
and  fairly  represent  Mr.  Jatho's  everyday  fast  writing. 

I  deem  it  of  vast  importance  that  the  student  soon  be  made  aware  of  the 
fact  that  it  is  not  the  indiscriminate  use  of  dictation  that  is  essential  to 
attain  the  end  in  view,  but  that  the  constant  and  continual  drill  on  out- 
lines is  what  is  required.  It  is  only  necessary  for  the  average  energetic  and 
intelligent  scholar  of  the  present  day  to  be  told  that  when  he  has  acquired 
control  of  the  outlines  by  continual  repetition  and  drill  from  day  to  day,  all 
that  is  necessary  then  is  to  make  use  of  his  knowledge  in  actual  practicet 
and  the  fallacy  of  superfluous  dictation  becomes  very  evident  to  him. 

Then  let  him  bear  in  mind  that  eternal  vigilance  on  the  part  of  the 
student,  with  respect  to  his  outlines,  is  the  price  of  their  safety,  and  that 
it  requires  constant  •watchfulness  and  carefulness,  combined  with  practice, 
to  retain  the  standard  thus  far  established. 

[2461 


GRAHAM   AND    PITMAXIC.  247 

Under  such  trying  circumstances  the  most  patient  enthusiast  is  apt  to 
get  discouraged,  but  if  he  will,  with  a  determination  that  is  worthy  of  the 
cause,  continue  to  work  and  endeavor  to  surmount  the  seemingly  im- 
penetrable obstacles,  success  will  greet  him  with  a  smile. 


CONCENTRATION. 
By  Professor  O.  F.  Amburn. 

Professor  Ambnrn  has  the  unusual  combination  of  being  both  an 
accomplished  stenographer  and  a  pen  artist  of  high  degree.  His 
remarks  are  therefore  recommended  to  the  ambitious  stenographer 
as  being  worthy  of  his  most  careful  study  and  application.  Upon 
this  trait  of  character  depends  all  your  future  success. 

Anyone  with  a  mind  is  capable  of  thought  in  some  degree,  but  the  ability 
at  all  times  to  concentrate  the  faculties  on  some  line  of  thought  and  thus 
retain  it  until  desired  results  are  obtained  is  a  science  which  requires  years 
of  training  on  the  part  of  the  individual.  The  greatest  aim  of  the  teacher 
is  to  first  teach  his  student  the  way  and  necessity  of  thinking  systemati- 
cally. Until  this  is  accomplished  he  is  but  a  machine,  mechanically  follow- 
ing abstract  principles,  which  he  neither  understands  nor  can  remembfer. 
The  mind  is  but  a  part  of  the  physical  system,  and  its  developement  de- 
mands to  a  great  extent  the  same  careful,  systematic  training  which  an  arm 
or  other  member  of  the  body  would  receive  in  order  to  attain  the  greatest 
possible  strength.  As  a  nation,  why  do  the  Germans  excel  the  others  in  re- 
search and  the  sciences  ?  Their  movements  and  actions  would  indicate  a 
tendency  to  sluggishness;  but  they  are  willing  to  spend  years,  if  necessary, 
following  up  some  line  of  reasoning  in  order  to  accomplish  that  which 
others  find  distasteful  and  difficult;  they  have  trained  the  mind  to  dwell  as 
persistently  on  dry  details  as  on  the  more  entertaining  matter,  and  in  this 
way  are  enabled  to  make  a  clean  sweep  of  the  subject  and  leave  nothing 
unturned.  Nearly  every  character  in  shorthand  is  based  on  some  principle, 
and  the  student  ought  never  consider  he  has  committed  same  till  he  has 
asked  himself  why  is  this  so,  and  given  a  satisfactory  answer. 


248  SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND   METHOD. 


THE  VALUE  OF  MONOTONY. 

SOME  THOUGHTS  ON  THE  USUAL  WAY  OF  WINNING  SUCCESS. 

By  Leon  Sonfield. 

The  writer  of  this  article,  besides  being  a  finished  stenographer 
and  a  lawyer,  is  a  popular  and  brillant  public  speaker,  whose  re- 
marks are  noted  for  their  great  force  and  practical  application. 

Monotony  has  its  value.  Through  monotony  all  the  great  of  earth  have 
achieved  their  work.  The  world  owes  more  to  monotony  than  to  genius, 
so-called.  The  price  of  success  in  any  department  of  life  is  persistent  ef- 
fort in  one  direction  which  almost  amounts  to  drudgery.  We  sigh  for 
genius— that  subtle,  potent  but  indefinable  something,  which  to  many  minds 
signifies  the  ability  to  achieve  great  results  with  little  or  no  effort.  With- 
out industry  genius  can  accomplish  nothing,  while  much  may  be  accom- 
plished by  those  who,  while  lacking  genius,  have  enthusiasm  and  capacity 
for  labor.  Carlisle  wrote  thus  to  one  possessed  of  literary  aspirations:  "  My 
dear  young  Friend, — You  must  learn  the  indispensable  significance  of  hard, 
stern,  long-continued  labor.  Grudge  not  labor;  grudge  not  pain,  disappoint- 
ment, sorrow,  or  distress  of  any  kind;  all  is  for  your  good  if  you  can 
endeavor  and  endure.  If  you  can  not,  why  then  all  is  hopeless."  True  in 
every  word  and  applicable  to  all  alike.  He  who  would  be  saved  from  a 
failured  life  must  endure — must  endure  to  the  end. 

Giardina,  when  asked  how  long  a  time  it  required  to  master  the  violin, 
replied:  Twelve  hours  a  day  for  twenty  years.  Bulow,  the  German  pianist, 
remarked:  "  If  I  stop  practice  one  day,  I  notice  it;  if  I  stop  for  two  days,  my 
friends  notice  it;  if  I  stop  for  three  days,  the  public  notices  it."  Of  the 
great  actor,  Edmund  Kean,  it  was  written:  ".He  used  to  mope  about  for 
hours,  walking  miles  and  miles  alone,  with  his  hands  in  his  pockets,  think- 
ing intensely  on  his  characters.  No  one  could  get  a  word  out  of  him.  He 
studied  and  slaved  beyond  any  actor  I  ever  knew."  When  studying  Maturin's 
Bertram  he  shut  himself  up  for  two  days  studying  the  one  line,  "  Bertram 
has  kissed  the  child."  Out  of  this  monotony,  this  almost  slavery,  came  the 
excellency  which  enabled  him  to  so  electrify  great  audiences,  which  every- 
where greeted  him. 

Look  now  upon  a  few  of  the  authors:  Gibbon  wrote  the  first  chapter  of 
his  "  Decline  and  Fall  of  the  Roman  Empire  "  three  times  before  he  waa 
satisfied  with  the  performance.  Gray  took  nearly  twenty  years  to  polish 
up  his  "  Elegy."  Sheridan,  when  urged  by  the  public  to  hasten  the  manu- 
script of  the  "  School  for  Scandal,"  declared  that  he  had  been  trying  for 
nineteen  years  to  satisfy  himself  with  the  style  of  it,  but  had  not  yet  suc- 
ceeded. One  short  poem  was  written  by  Tennyson  fifty  times  before  he  was 
pleased  with  it.  Dickens,  when  about  to  write  a  Christmas  story,  would 
shut  himself  up  and  live  a  hermit  life  for  six  weeks.  Macaulay  was  a  most 


GRAHAM  AND  PITMANIC.  249 

painstaking  writer,  spending  hours  perfecting  a  sentence;  while  Addison  was 
known  to  stop  the  press  when  the  Spectator  had  been  nearly  rim  off  in  order 
to  insert  a  preposition.  More  of  this  might  be  written,  but  this  will  suffiro 
to  disprove  the  thought  that  those  whom  we  applaud  as  geniuses  accomplished 
their  work  with  little  or  no  effort. 

One  word  of  application :  You  are  striving  for  the  mastery  of  short- 
hand. You  are  very  bright,  it  is  true,  but  notwithstanding  your  exceptional 
brightness,  you  need  net  imagine  that  this  can  be  achieved  in  a  day.  It 
will  require  work,  and  work  of  the  most  monotonous  sort,  which  only  a 
select  few  enjoy.  But  then  the  prize  is  worth  the  effort. 


SHORTHAND  FEATS  OF  GENUINE 
MERIT. 

INTRODUCTION   BY    THE   AUTHOR,  GIVING  A  LETTER 
FROM  MR.  A.  P.  LITTLE. 

It  was  with  some  difficulty  that  we  persuaded  Mr.  Little  (of 
ribbon  fame)  to  write  to  us;  but  the  fact  that  he  is  known  by  his 
deeds  rather  than  his  words  or  claims,  makes  his  contribution  the 
more  valuable. 

Several  years  ago  there  was  a  great  deal  of  interest  and  excite- 
ment in  typewriting  speed  contests  in  which  accuracy  was  not  ;m 
element  under  consideration.  Spaces  occurred  in  the  middle  of 
words  and  letters  were  piled  on  the  top  of  each  other.  In  this 
way  marvellous  records  were  made;  but  the  profession  soon  learned 
that  these  jugglery  feats  had  nothing  to  do  with  practical  work, 
and  that  such  performances  were  doing  a  great  deal  to  cultivate 
bad  typewriting  and  bring  the  profession  into  disrepute.  Not  less 
atrocious,  though  less  evident  in  its  absurdity,  are  the  shorthand 
minute  speed  exhibitions.  Many  teachers  and  office  stenog- 
raphers are  blindly  admiring  these  preposterous  humbugs  and 
holding  them  up  as  examples.  To  such,  we  would  say  that  there 
is  not  a  competent,  expert  verbatim  stenographer  in  the  world 
who  gives  any  countenance  to  such  sham  performances.  As  high 
speed  as  300  words  a  minute  has  been  claimed  in  the  face  of 
the  contradiction  of  every  competent  stenographer  on  the  globe 
that  human  speech  can  be  uttered  so  rapid,  and  if  it  could,  a 
minute  test  would  simply  mean  that  the  writer  read  everything 
from  memory,  which  he  could  not  properly  write.  In  fact,  a 
little  practice  will  enable  one  to  repeat  what  is  spoken  for  half  a 
minute  without  any  writing  at  all.  The  only  real  test  of  speed 
should  be  accompanied  by  a  test  of  the  writer's  ability  to  read  his 
notes  when  they  are  "  cold." 

[250] 


GRAHAM  AND   PITMANIC.  251 

We  quote  the  following  incident,  believing  that  the  feats  therein 
related  have  never  been  equaled  by  any  of  the  blatant  blusterers 
who  are  fooling  and  amusing  amateur  stenographers  by  claims  of 
300  words  a  minute.  The  following  letter  from  Mr.  A.  P.  Little  to 
the  author  we  quote  verbatim: 

Dear  Sir — Yours  of  October  19th  received.  I  have  delayed  answering 
partly  on  account  of  being  very  busy,  and  partly  on  account  of  my  dispo- 
sition inclining  me  not  to  reply  at  all,  for  I  most  thoroughly  dislike  to  say 
anything  concerning  what  I  may  have  done  in  shorthand  in  the  past  except 
in  a  general  way  to  say  that  I  tried  to  earn  my  salary  and  was  able  to  hold 
my  job. 

The  story  which  you  narrate  as  having  heard  at  Chicago  is  not  correct. 
The  case  on  trial  was  not  a  murder  case,  but  an  important  one,  neverthe- 
less, involving  rights  of  the  Labor  Unions  throughout  the  United  States. 
An  afternoon  was  consumed  in  obtaining  a  jury.  I  was  requested  to  fur- 
nish three  transcripts  of  testimony  as  fast  as  possible — one  copy  for  the 
plaintiff,  one  for  the  defendant,  and  one  for  the  Court.  I  took  all  the  testi- 
mony, the  notes  were  sent  to  my  office  to  be  transcribed,  and  copies  fur- 
nished during  each  day,  the  final  copy  at  night  being  furnished  within  half 
or  three-quarters  of  an  hour  of  adjournment.  After  taking  the  testimony 
two  days,  the  following  morning  the  counsel  summed  up,  the  Judge  charged 
the  jury,  I  got  out  of  court  by  1  o'clock  p.  m.,  got  out  the  charge  for  the 
afternoon  papers,  which  was  all  in  type  before  3  o'clock  and  on  the  streets 
for  sale.  Just  as  the  last  sheet  of  transcript  left  the  office  for  the  printers,  I 
was  sent  for  by  the  Court.  I  went  to  the  court  room  and  found  the  jury 
back  and  the  numerous  counsel  discussing  a  question  which  had  arisen  in 
regard  to  reading  of  the  testimony  to  the  jury.  Counsel  for  the  plaintiff  ob- 
jected to  tli 3  defendant's  counsel  reading  the  testimony  to  the  jury,  and 
the  defendant's  counsel  objected  to  the  plaintiff's  counsel  reading  the  tes- 
timony, each  urging  that  the  other  would  emphasize  such  words  as  would 
do  his  side  most  good.  Each  side  had  a  copy,  and  the  Court  had  a  copy,  so 
they  suggested  that  the  Court  read  the  testimony,  and,  jocosely  remarking 
that  he  could  probably  finish  in  a  couple  of  days,  as  the  jury  insisted  upon 
having  all  the  testimony  in  the  case  read  to  them.  The  Court,  being  in  a 
generous  frame  of  mind,  handed  his  copy  to  the  stenographer  and  told  him 
to  go  ahead.  I  told  him  that  the  copy  which  he  had,  as  well  as  the  copies 
furnished  to  the  parties  to  the  action,  had  not  been  compared,  and  would 
perfer  to  read  from  my  notes.  I  started  in  at  3  o'clock  and  finished  the  two 
days'  task  at  5:15,  two  hours  and  fifteen  minutes,  the  Court  and  plaintiff's 
and  defendant's  counsel  holding  copy  on  me  during  the  reading.  I  was 
stopped  only  once  during  the  reading  from  my  notes,  the  copyist  having 
written  "dealer"  for  "Adler"  in  one  sentence.  Some  of  the  parties  to  the 
action  were  wholesale  clothing  dealers  by  the  name  of  Adler,  and  one  of 
the  principal  conferences  was  held  in  their  office,  at  which  there  were 


252          SYNTHETIC  SHORTHAND  METHOD. 

numerous  "dealers"  as  well  as  "Adlers."  To  my  surprise  it  was  the  only 
Instance  where  the  copyist  got  mixed,  for  the  outlines  were  exactly  the 
same,  though  I  attempted  to  write  "dealer"  above  the  line  and  "Adler" 
through  the  line. 

I  never  considered  that  much  of  a  feat,  for  at  that  time  there  were  seven 
stenographers  in  this  city  who  could  read  my  notes  as  well  as  I  could. 

At  a  subsequent  time,  I  was  asked  to  report  the  Railway  Conductors' 
Convention  in  this  city,  with  about  eight  hundred  delegates  from  every 
State  in  the  Union,  but  did  not  get  the  "job"  because  my  price  was  too 
high.  It  lasted  eight  days,  the  sessions  commencing  at  1  o'clock  in  the 
afternoon  and  continuing  until  7.  There  were  no  papers  read,  but  con- 
tinual discussions.  They  got  a  man,  with  five  assistants,  to  do  the  work, 
at  $50  a  session,  the  copy  to  be  furnished  the  printer  not  later  than  10 
o'clock  each  night,  as  it  was  to  be  put  in  pamphlet  form  for  the  members 
the  next  day,  at  which  time  they  had  an  opportunity  to  correct  any  errors 
that  might  be  discovered. 

The  time  of  the  first  session  was  nearly  consumed  in  receiving  creden. 
tials  and  qualifying  delegates,  roll  call,  etc.  About  8  o'clock  that  night 
they  sent  word  to  me  to  report  the  convention  the  following  day,  which  I 
did,  and  to  the  end  of  the  session.  At  Denver,  the  preceding  year,  there 
were  six  stenographers  who  reported  the  convention,  dividing  the  time 
into  small  "takes."  I  reported  the  convention  seven  days  alone,  furnish- 
ing copy  to  the.  printer  before  9  o'clock  every  night,  one  session  lasting 
until  7:CO  at  night,  someone  on  the  floor  speaking  every  minute  after  1 
o'clock,  in  a  red  hot  discussion,  and  not  a  single  correction  made  in  the 
printed  minutes  for  which  I  was  responsible.  One  superannuated  conductor 
who  had  lost  his  palate  (in  a  railroad  accident  probably),  made  a  speech 
two-thirds  of  the  way  down  the  hall,  and  all  [  could  possibly  do  was  to 
guess  at  what  he  said.  I  did  the  best  I  could.  I  was  horrified  the  next  day 
when  he  got  up  to  "make  a  correction  in  the  minutes,"  for  I  knew  I  was 
in  for  it,  and  probably  did  n't  have  a  sentence  right.  All  he  said  was  that 
he  made  a  mistake  in  the  number  of  the  lodge  he  referred  to  in  his  speech, 
which  should  have  been  1342  instead  of  1332.  I  settled  back  and  concluded 
that  I  had  made  a  pretty  close  guess  after  all. 

I  believe  this  is  the  first  time  in  my  life  that  anyone  has  had  the  oppor- 
tunity of  calling  me  egotistical,  or  that  I  have  attempted  to  narrate  any 
special  stenographic  feats  with  which  I  have  had  to  do.  I  am  out  of  the 
business  now,  however,  and  have  110  earthly  object  in  complying  with 
your  request  except  to  correct  the  story  as  told  to  you  I  merely  send  you 
the  facts  for  the  same  reason  that  some  people  go  jail — by  request. 

Very  respectfully  yours,  A.  P.  LITTLE. 


QRAHAM  AND    PITMANIC.  253 


ODE  TO  MY  AMANUENSIS. 

(Quoted  by  Professor  Norman  P.  Heffly  in  a  Paper  at  IForWs  Congress  of 
Stenographers,  Chicago,  1S9U.) 

Come  hither,  young  and  active  scribe, 

Prepare  thy  tablets  to  record 
In  quick  flying  dots  and  strokes 

What  I  shall  dictate,  word  for  word. 

Oh!  wonder ous  art!    Though  from  my  lips 
The  words  like  pattering  hail  stones  fall, 

Thine  ear  hath  caught  them  every  one; 
Thy  nimble  pen  portrayed  them  all. 

Quick  darts  thy  hand  across  the  page, 

No  other  movement  scarce  is  seen; 
Yet  in  its  path  a  thick  array 

Of  signs  instinct  with  meaning  gleam. 

My  words  no  sooner  are  pronounced 

Than  on  thy  tablet  they  appear, 
My  mind  can  not  keep  equal  pace 

With  thy  light  fingers'  swift  career. 

Say,  who  is  it  that  doth  portray 

The  cogitations  of  my  heart; 
Who  to  them  my  inmost  thoughts 

Ere  they  are  uttered  to  impart  ? 

It  surely  is  no  human  skill 

That  works  such  miracles  as  these; 
No  other  mortal  e'er  performed 

Such  feats  with  such  consummate  ease. 

Nay,  now  I  see!     The  mystery  is  clear; 

Some  kindly  goddess  at  thy  birth 
Bestowed  on  thee  this  wondrous  gift 

In  memory  of  her  trip  to  earth. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


JAN 


orm  L9-25»i-9,'47(A5618)444 


ITMTVTTOCTTV   «,*  r>  A  1   lift  \Lf  ru,  .* 


UC  SOUTHERN  HEGCN£ l»Wfl 


A  000  561  622  2 


Z56 

B49s 

1902 


